Bosch Motorsport
Equipment for High Performance Vehicles
Edition 2016

Contacts
EuropeAustralia, New Zealand and South Africa

Bosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
Robert-Bosch-Allee 174232 AbstattGermany
Tel. +49 7062 911 9101
Fax +49 7062 911 79104
motorsport@bosch.de

Robert Bosch Pty. Ltd
Motorsport
1555 Centre Road
Clayton, Victoria, 3168
Australia
Tel. +61 (3) 9541 3901
motor.sport@au.bosch.com

United Kingdom
Robert Bosch Ltd.
Motorsport
Control Tower Building, MIRA Technology Park
Watling Street, Nuneaton, Warwickshire, CV10 0TU
United Kingdom
Tel. +44 7976 50 4447
FranceRobert Bosch France S.A.S.
Motorsport
32, avenue Michelet
B.P. 170
F – 93404 Saint-Ouen Cedex
FranceTel. +33 1 40 10 77 14
Fax +33 1 40 10 76 88
North America
Bosch Engineering North America
Motorsport
38000 Hills Tech Drive
Farmington Hills, MI 48331-3417
United States of America
Tel. +1 248 876 2977
Fax +1 248 876 7373
BoschMotorsport@us.bosch.com
Latin America
Robert Bosch Ltda
Av Juscelino Kubitscheck de Oliveira 11800
Zip code 81460-900
Curitiba - Parana
Brasilia
Tel. +55 41 3341 2057
Fax +55 41 3341 2779
Asia Pacific
Bosch Engineering K.K.
Motorsport
18F Queen’s Tower C, 2-3-5- Minato Mirai
Nishi-ku, Yokohama-shi
Kanagawa 220-6218
Japan
Tel. +81 45 650 5610
Fax +81 45 650 5611

For more and latest information please visit
www.bosch-motorsport.com or send an email tomotorsport@bosch.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2015
Modifications reserved.
Note: The use of Bosch Motorsport products on publicroads is prohibited. Please use our products exclusively on
closed-course racetracks.

01 Engine Control Units

1

02 Displays

2

03 Electronics

3

04 Injection and Ignition

4

05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators

5

06 Sensors

6

07 Brake Control

7

08 Software

8

09 Accessories

9

10 Appendix

10

Table of contents | 5

01 Engine Control Units

9

Telemetry

79

Gasoline Engine Control Units

10

Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport GT3 Cup
Engine Control Unit MS 5.0
Engine Control Unit MS 5.1
Engine Control Unit MS 5.2
Engine Control Unit MS 5.5
Engine Control Unit MS 6.1
Engine Control Unit MS 6.2
Engine Control Unit MS 6.3
Engine Control Unit MS 6.4

10
12
14
16
18
20
23
25
28

Online Telemetry System Overview
Telemetry Unit FM 40
Pit Receiver Box
Pit Receiver Package

79
81
82
83

04 Injection and Ignition

85

Diesel System Components

86

Diesel System Components

86

Injection Valves

88

Diesel Engine Control Units

32

Engine Control Unit MS 15.1
Engine Control Unit MS 15.2

32
34

02 Displays

37

Injection Valve EV 6
Injection Valve EV 12
Injection Valve EV 14
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 LC

88
93
97
102
104

Displays

38

Fuel Pumps

106

Display DDU 7
Display DDU 838
41

03 Electronics

43

Data Loggers

44

Fuel Pump FP 100
Fuel Pump FP 165
Fuel Pump FP 200
Fuel Pump LPx-F1
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW

106
108
110
112
115
117

Data Logger C 50
Data Logger C 60
USB Upgrade Kit

44
46
48

Fuel Pressure Regulators

119

Injection Power Stages

50

HPI 5
HPI 5-M 4C
HPI 5-M 8C

50
51
53

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5
FPR Adaptor
HP Control Valve DSV

119
121
123
126
128

Ignition Coils

130

Lap Trigger Systems

55

Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter
Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter

55
57
58
59

PowerBox

60

PowerBox PBX 90

60

Radar System

64

Single Fire Coil PS-T
Single Fire Coil P50/P50-M
Single Fire Coil P65
Single Fire Coil P65-T
Single Fire Coil P65-E8
Single Fire Coil P65-E10
Single Fire Coil P65-TE8
Single Fire Coil P65-TE10
Single Fire Coil S22/S22-T
Single Fire Coil C90i-pro
Single Fire Coil C90i-E8
Single Fire Coil C90i-E10

130
133
136
138
141
144
147
150
153
156
159
162

Collision Avoidance System CAS-M light

64

Ignition Modules

165

Sensor Interfaces

66

Lambdatronic LT4
Lambdatronic LT4 ADV
Modular Sensor Interface M 60
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 60
Wheel Speed Signal Splitter

66
69
72
74
76

Ignition Module IM 3.2
Ignition Module IM 4

165
167

6 | Table of contents

05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators 169

Pressure Sensors Fluid

244

Alternators

170

Alternator B3
Alternator B3 LIN
Alternator GCM1

170
173
176

Starter

180

Starter 1.7 kW

180Electronic Throttle Body

182

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2

244
246
248
251
254
256
258
260
262
264
267

Electronic Throttle Body

182

Rotary Position Sensors

270

Wiper Motor

185

Wiper Direct Actuator WDA

185

06 Sensors

189

Gear Shift Sensor

190

Rotary Position Sensor RP 40-H red
Rotary Position Sensor RP 86
Rotary Position Sensor Mini-RP 100-M
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100/130/308
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100 twin
Rotary Position Sensor Mini-RP 360-H
Rotary Position Sensor RP 360-H

270
272
274
276
278
280
282

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2

190

Speed Sensors

285

Knock Sensors

193

Knock Sensor KS-P
Knock Sensor KS-R
Knock Sensor KS-R2

193
195
197

Lambda Sensors

199

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/ADV pre Turbo
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

199
202
205
209

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P sealed
Inductive Speed Sensor IA
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C
Inductive Speed Sensor IS
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C

285
288
292
295
297
300
304
307
310
312
315

Linear Position Sensors

212

Temperature Sensors

318

Linear Position Sensor LP 25-H
Linear Position Sensor LP 25 twin
Linear Position Sensor LP 50
Linear Position Sensor LP 50 twin
Linear Position Sensor LP 75
Linear Position Sensor LP 75F
Linear Position Sensor LP 100
Linear Position Sensor LP 100F
Linear Position Sensor LP 100-H
Linear Position Sensor LP 150

212
214
216
218
220
222
224
226
228
230

Temperature Sensor NTC M3-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M12
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L
Temperature Sensor Infrared TI-20-r-8

318
320
323
326
329
331
333
335

Thermocouple Probes

338

Pressure Sensors Air

232

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4
Pressure Sensor Air PSP
Pressure Sensor Air PST

232
235
238
241

Thermocouple Probe TCP K
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA
Thermocouple Probe TCP KC
Thermocouple Probe TCP KN 2

338
341
344
346

Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

348

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R
Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1

348
351
354

Table of contents | 7

07 Brake Control

357

ABS

358

ABS M4 Kit
ABS M4 Kit Clubsport
ABS M4 Kit Porsche Cup

359
362
364

08 Software

367

Calibration

368

Modas Sport
RaceCon368
369

Simulation

370

LapSim370

Analysis372

WinDarab V7

372

Software Upgrade

374

Customer Code Area CCA

374

09 Accessories

375

Communication Interface

376

MSA-Box II

376

Connector Opening Tool

377

Connector Opening Tool for AS series

377

Connectors

378

Connectors

378

Switches379

Switches379

Wiring Harnesses

381

Customized Wiring Harnesses

381

10 Appendix

383

General Information

384

General Information

384

Vibration Profiles

385

Vibration Profile 1
Vibration Profile 2
Vibration Profile 3

385
386
387

8 | Table of contents

01 Engine Control Units

1

Gasoline Engine Control Units

10

Diesel Engine Control Units32

10 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1Engine Control Unit MS 3
Sport GT3 Cup

Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels
Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Extremely small and flat aluminum pressure casting housing
4 mounting points on housing
2 connectors with high pin density
Extremely shock and vibration proof hybrid technology

FeaturesuFree and full access to the ECUu

No wiring changes necessaryuSupport for 3rd party displays via CANuPlug and play with base “safe” calibrationu

Pre-configured workbases for free Bosch Motorsport calibration tools

The MS 3 Sport GT3 Cup motorsport ECU enables you
to optimize the software of Ex-Porsche GT3 Cup cars
(996 GT3 Cup; 997 GT3 Cup) by getting full access to
the ECU, allowing you to adapt it to any engine hardware changes. The software offers additional featuresand comes with a base calibration.

ApplicationSize

120 x 90 x 40 mm

Weight

250 g

Temperature range-40 to 125°C

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

10 W at 14 V

Power supply
Full operation

9 to 16 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Inputs2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors
1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
22 analog inputs 0 to 5 V

Compatible Porsche type series

996 GT3 Cup; 997 GT3 Cup

2 knock sensor inputs

Engine layout

Max. 6 cyl., 2 bank

Outputs

Control strategy

Alpha/n

6 injection power stages

Lambda control

Dual

6 ignition power stages (7.5 to 8.0 A)

Speed limiter

8 power stages (1 A/2 A; low side; PWM)

Gear cut for sequential gear box

2 power stages for lambda heater

Map switch corresponds to 3 different target lambda and spark maps.

1 H-bridge (5 A)

Fuel cut off

2 sensor supplies 5 V/100 mA

Sequential fuel injection

Software Tools

Asymmetric injection timing
Asymmetric ignition timing
Knock control

Inclusive

Electronic throttle control

Inclusive

Traction control

Inclusive

Interface to Bosch Motorsport ABS M4 kit

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 11

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-03

Data logger C 50

F 02U V01 164-04

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-04

12 steps switch for Traction
Control

F 02U V01 921-01

Switch Position

Resistance [Ohm]

0

9,3

1

30,7

2

56,1

3

88,6

4

129,9

5

181,7

6

253,7

7

354,8

8

522,5

9

823,5

10

1500,7114988,0Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector I

D 261 205 139-01

Mating Connector II

D 261 205 140-01

Communication
1 K-line serial interface
1 CAN interface

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport GT3 Cup
Delivery with Porsche GT3 specific base calibration
Order number F 02U V0U 082-01

1

12 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 5.0

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. Vibration

1

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 high pin density motorsport connectors
132 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards

FeaturesSize

140 x 109 x 40.5 mm

Weight

650 g

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008
-20 to 85°Cu

8 injection output stages

u

8 ignition output stages

Temp. range (at internal sensors)u

51 data inputs

Electrical Data

The MS 5.0 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family,
it features a powerful digital processing core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a
new software development process based on MATLAB/
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.0
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.

Application

Approx. power cons. (w/o loads)

9 W at 14 V

Power supply
Full operation

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to 24 V

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)

Engine layout

Max. 8 cyl., 2 bank

1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Control strategy

Torque structure based

1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Lambda control

With adaptation function

4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)

Speed limiter

32 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit

Gear cut for sequential gear box

4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up
to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)

Map switch corresponds to 3 different target lambda and spark maps.
Fuel cut off

1 lap trigger input

Turbo boost control

Outputs

Knock control

8 injection power stages

Electronic throttle control

8 ignition power stages (up to 10 A)

Traction control

12 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)

Sequential fuel injection

2 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)

Asymmetric injection timing

1 H-bridge (5 A)

Asymmetric ignition timing
Calibration interface

2 inputs for vibration knock sensors

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 13

2 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA
1 time based synch-in/out

1

Software Tools
Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-03

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-03

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector blue
AS 6-18-35 SB

F 02U 000 474-01

Mating Connector red
AS 6-18-35 SN

F 02U 000 472-01

Installation Notes
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
2 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.0
Order number F 02U V00 326-03

14 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 5.1

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. Vibration

1

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
3 high pin density motorsport connectors
165 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration suppression via multipoint fixed circuit boards

Featuresu

8 injection output stages

u

8 ignition output stagesu59 data inputs

The MS 5.1 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family,
it features a powerful digital processing core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a
new software development process based on MATLAB/
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.1
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.

ApplicationSize

180 x 155 x 40 mm

Weight

1,060 gProtection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Power cons. (w/o loads)

Approx. 9 W at 14 V

Power supply
Operating range

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to 24 V

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)

Engine layout

Max. 8 cyl., 2 bank

1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Control strategy

Torque structure based

1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Lambda control

With adaptation function

2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Speed limiter

4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)

Gear cut for sequential gear box

38 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit

Map switch corresponds to 3 different target lambda and spark maps.

4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up
to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)

Fuel cut off

4 inputs for vibration knock sensors

Turbo boost control

1 lap trigger input

Knock control
Electronic throttle control

Outputs

Traction control

8 injection power stages (peak & hold)

Sequential fuel injection

8 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)

Asymmetric injection timing

Optional

20 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)

Asymmetric ignition timing

Optional

4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)

Calibration interface

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

2 H-bridges (5 A)

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 15

3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA
1 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA

1

1 protected Ubat output 1 A
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
1 time base reference synch-in/out

Software Tools
Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-03

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-03

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector yellow
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating Connector blue
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating Connector red
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
3 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces
1 x LIN interface

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.1
Order number F 02U V00 995-01

16 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 5.2

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. Vibration

1

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
4 high pin density motorsport connectors
220 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration resistant circuit board mounting

Featuresu

12 injection output stages

u12 ignition output stages

u78 data inputs

Size

200 x 170 x 36.5 mm

Weight (approx.)

1,260 gProtection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 85°C

The MS 5.2 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family, it features a powerful digital processing core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a new software development process based on
MATLAB/Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm
development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly andeasily generated. The flexible hardware design allows
the MS 5.2 to support complex or unusual engine orchassis configurations.

Operating range

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to24 V

Application

2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors

Engine layout

Max. 12 cyl., 2 bankControl strategy

Torque structure based

Lambda control

With adaptation function

Electrical Data
Power cons. (w/o loads)

Approx. 10 W at 14 V

Power supply

Inputs2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Speed limiter

4 wheel speed sensors (Inductive or Hall-effect)

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch corresponds to 3 different target lambda and spark maps.

2 gearbox speed sensor (Inductive or Hall-effect)
45 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit

Fuel cut off

14 analog inputs (Angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering
up to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)

Turbo boost control
Knock control

4 inputs for vibration knock sensors

Electronic throttle control

1 lap trigger input

Traction control

Outputs

Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection timing

Optional

Asymmetric ignition timing

Optional

Calibration interface

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

12 injection power stages (Peak & hold)12 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)
16 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)
4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 17

4 H-bridge valve drivers (± 100 mA)
2 H-bridges (5 A)

1

3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA
1 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
12 outputs with configurable function (FPGA)
1 time base reference synch-in/out

Software Tools
Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-03

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-03

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector yellow
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating Connector blue
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating Connector orange
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating Connector red
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
4 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.2
Order number F 01T A20 069-01

18 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 5.5
1

Asymmetric ignition timing

Optional

Calibration interface

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Internal logger 2 GB
Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
3 high pin density motorsport connectors
165 pins, each pin individually filteredFeatures

Vibration suppression via multipoint fixed circuit boardsuInternal 2 GB dataloggeru

8 injection output stages

u

8 ignition output stagesu59 data inputs

The MS 5.5 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 8 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family,
it features a powerful digital processing core with floating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a
new software development process based on MATLAB/
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.5
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.
The MS 5.5 has an internal 2 GB logger, presenting a
cost efficient and weight optimized all-in-one solution.

ApplicationSize

180 x 155 x 40 mm

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Weight (approx.)

1,270 gTemp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 65°C

Electrical Data
Approx. power cons. (w/o loads)

13 W at 14 V

Power Supply
Full operation

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to 24 V

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors

Engine layout

Max. 8 cyl., 2 bank

2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)

Control strategy

Torque structure based

1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Lambda control

With adaptation function

1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Speed limiter2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)

Gear cut for sequential gear box

4 wheel speed sensors (Inductive or Hall-effect)

Map switch corresponds to 3 different target lambda and spark maps.

38 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit

Fuel cut off

4 analog inputs (Angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up
to 250 ksps, 12 Bit)

Turbo boost control

4 inputs for vibration knock sensors

Knock control

1 lap trigger input

Electronic throttle control

Outputs

Traction control

8 injection power stages

Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection timing

Optional

8 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 19

20 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)
4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)

1

2 H-bridges (5 A)
3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA
1 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA
1 protected Ubat output 1 A
6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
1 time based synch-in/out

Software Tools
Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-03

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-03

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector yellow
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating Connector blue
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating Connector red
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
3 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces
1 x LIN interface

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.5
Order number F 02U V00 285-04

20 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 6.1
1

Traction control

Optional

Launch control

Optional

Internal logger

Partition 1, 1 GB memory,
diagnostic channels,
50 free configurable channels,
fastest sampling 50 Hz,
digital filter respecting sampling
theorem

Logger options

See Software Options (not included)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 Bosch connectors, 196 pins in total

FeaturesSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

uOptimized for low pressure injection

Weight

1,086 gu

Basic number of low pressure control functions

Protection Classification

IP54

u

Basic number of engine functions
Measurement with 21 analog inputs

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 80°CuuMultiple Software options available

Electrical Data

The MS 6.1 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of our MS 6 family it features a powerful digital processing core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 6 family utilizes a new software development process based on
MATLAB/Simulink which significantly speeds algorithm
development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly andeasily generated. The flexible hardware design allows
the MS 6.1 to support complex or unusual engine orchassis configurations.

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Communication
2 Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB
1 RS232

Application
Low pressure injection

Power supply

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors only

Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist several gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control

Optional

VVT

Optional

Turbo control

Optional

1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
3 Network screens

InputsAnalog inputs

21 (41 opt.)

Internal measurement

1 triax acceleration
1 ambient pressure
2 ECU temperature
2 ECU voltage

Thermocouple

2 K-type

Lambda2 LSU 4.9

Knock

4

Digital inputs

9

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 21

Digital switch Engine ON/OFF

1

Power supplies

4 sensor supplies 5 V, 50 mA
3 sensor supplies 5 V, 150 mA
7 sensor grounds
2 sensor screens

Outputs
Low pressure injection

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors only

IgnitionMax. 12 cylinders, coils with integrated amplifier

Further outputs

Outputs signals

Software Options (not included)
Engine Function Package I

Electronic throttle control, VVT,
Turbo control

Engine Function Package II

Traction and launch control

Measurement Package

Increase to 41 analog inputs

Logger Package I

Extension for Partition 1: up to
720 channels, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 synchro, (maxnumber of 1,080 channels to respect)

Logger Package II

Partition 2: 720 channels, 1 GB
memory, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 synchro, longterm recording, own data protection code (max number of
1,080 channels to respect)

2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
for Lambda heater4 x 3 amp pwm lowside switch
8 x 2.2 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
low dump resistant3 x 8,5 amp H-bridge (2 reserved for electronic throttle)
12 x low pressure injection forhigh impedance injectors
8 x high pressure injection formagnetic injectors
12 x ignition control

Logger Package III

Copy data of partition 1 to USB
data stick, USB-port unlocked• Incl rugged USB flash
drive• Incl. adapter cable toUSB-port• Incl. adapter for wiring
harness

Gear Control Package I

1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel
1 x engine rpm

Gear control Mega-Line functionality, has to be used with MegaLine components

Gear Control Package II

Gear control Bosch Motorsport
functionality

Gear Control Package III

Gear control coordination to external GCU systems

Application

Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries
Selectable links between functions and in- or outputs

Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development

Software Tools (free download)
Data Analysis tool WinDarab 7 Light

Installation Notes
Inspection services

Recommended after 220 h or
2 years, no components to replace

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

Data Application tool Modas Sport

Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

System Configuration tool RaceCon

Ordering Information

Environment (not included)

Engine Control Unit MS 6.1
Order number F 02U V01 961-01

Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-03

Powerbox PBX 90

F 02U V01 794-01

Display DDU S2 PLUS

F 02U V02 183-01

Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector 91 pins

F 02U B00 711-01

Mating Connector 105 pins

F 02U B00 712-01

Software Options
Engine Function Package I
Order number F 02U V02 001-01
Engine Function Package II
Order number F 02U V02 002-01
Measurement Package
Order number F 02U V02 000-01
Logger Package I
Order number F 02U V01 993-01

1

22 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

Logger Package II
Order number F 02U V01 998-01

1

Logger Package III
Order number F 02U V02 082-01
Gear Control Package I
Order number F 02U V02 107-01
Gear Control Package II
Order number F 02U V02 108-01
Gear Control Package III
Order number F 02U V02 109-01

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 23

Engine Control Unit MS 6.2

Traction control
Launch control
Internal logger

Partition 1, 1 GB memory,
diagnostic channels,
50 free configurable channels,
fastest sampling 50 Hz,
digital filter respecting sampling
theorem

Logger options

See Software Options (not included)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 Bosch connectors, 196 pins in total

FeaturesSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

uOptimized for low pressure injection

Weight

1,086 gu

Full number of low pressure control functions

Protection Classification

IP54

u

Full number of engine functions
Measurement with 41 analog inputs

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 80°CuuMultiple Software options available

Electrical Data

The MS 6.2 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of our MS 6 family it features a powerful digital processing core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 6 family utilizes a new software development process based on
MATLAB/Simulink which significantly speeds algorithm
development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly andeasily generated. The flexible hardware design allows
the MS 6.2 to support complex or unusual engine orchassis configurations.

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors only

Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist several gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
VVT
Turbo control

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Communication
2 Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB
1 RS232

Application
Low pressure injection

Power supply

1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
3 Network screens

InputsAnalog inputs

41Internal measurement

1 triax acceleration
1 ambient pressure
2 ECU temperature
2 ECU voltage

Thermocouple

2 K-type

Lambda2 LSU 4.9

Knock

4

Digital inputs

91

24 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1

Digital switch Engine ON/OFF

1

Power supplies

4 sensor supplies 5 V, 50 mA
3 sensor supplies 5 V, 150 mA
7 sensor grounds
2 sensor screens

Outputs
Low pressure injection

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors only

IgnitionMax. 12 cylinders, coils with integrated amplifier

Further outputs

2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
for Lambda heater4 x 3 amp pwm lowside switch
8 x 2.2 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
low dump resistant3 x 8,5 amp H-bridge (2 reserved for electronic throttle)
12 x low pressure injection forhigh impedance injectors
8 x high pressure injection formagnetic injectors
12 x ignition control

Outputs signals

1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel
1 x engine rpm

Application

Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries
Selectable links between functions and in- or outputs

Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development

Software Tools (free download)

Software Options (not included)
Logger Package I

Extension for Partition 1: up to
720 channels, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 synchro, (maxnumber of 1,080 channels to respect)

Logger Package II

Partition 2: 720 channels, 1 GB
memory, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 synchro, longterm recording, own data protection code (max number of
1,080 channels to respect)

Logger Package III

Copy data of partition 1 to USB
data stick, USB-port unlocked• Incl rugged USB flash
drive• Incl. adapter cable toUSB-port• Incl. adapter for wiring
harness

Gear Control Package I

Gear control Mega-Line functionality, has to be used with MegaLine components

Gear Control Package II

Gear control Bosch Motorsport
functionality

Gear Control Package III

Gear control coordination to external GCU systems

Installation Notes
Inspection services

Recommended after 220 h or
2 years, no components to replace

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Ordering Information

Data Analysis tool WinDarab 7 Light

Engine Control Unit MS 6.2
Order number F 02U V01 867-04

Data Application tool Modas Sport

Software Options

System Configuration tool RaceCon

Logger Package I
Order number F 02U V01 993-01

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-03

Powerbox PBX 90

F 02U V01 794-01

Display DDU S2 PLUS

F 02U V02 183-01

Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector 91 pins

F 02U B00 711-01

Mating Connector 105 pins

F 02U B00 712-01

Logger Package II
Order number F 02U V01 998-01
Logger Package III
Order number F 02U V02 082-01
Gear Control Package I
Order number F 02U V02 107-01
Gear Control Package II
Order number F 02U V02 108-01
Gear Control Package III
Order number F 02U V02 109-01

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 25

• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls

Engine Control Unit MS 6.3

Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control

Featuresu

Optimized for low and high pressure injectionu

HP package for flat and V-engines optionalu

Measurement with 21 analog inputsuMultiple Software options available

The MS 6.3 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of our MS 6 family it features a powerful digital processing core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 6 family utilizes a new software development process based on
MATLAB/Simulink which significantly speeds algorithm
development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly andeasily generated. The flexible hardware design allows
the MS 6.3 to support complex or unusual engine orchassis configurations.

Application
High pressure injection

Integrated power stages for theuse of:
4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm
6 cylinders up to 9,500 rpm
8 cylinders up to 8,500 rpm (depending injection types andpressure ranges)

HP package for flat and V-engines optional (2nd Bank, MSV2, cylinder
7&8, external cylinder 9-12)
Low pressure injection

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors only

Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist several gear cut systems

Internal logger

Partition 1, 1 GB memory,
diagnostic channels,
50 free configurable channels,
fastest sampling 50 Hz,
digital filter respecting sampling
theorem

Logger options

See Software Options (not included)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 Bosch connectors, 196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 80°C

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Communication
2 Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB
1 RS232
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
3 Network screens

InputsAnalog inputs

21 (41 opt.)

Internal measurement

1 triax acceleration
1 ambient pressure
2 ECU temperature
2 ECU voltage

Thermocouple

2 K-type1

26 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1

Software Tools (free download)

Lambda2 LSU 4.9

Knock

4

Data Analysis tool WinDarab 7 Light

Digital inputs

9

Data Application tool Modas Sport

Digital switch Engine ON/OFF

1

System Configuration tool RaceCon

Power supplies

4 sensor supplies 5 V, 50 mA
3 sensor supplies 5 V, 150 mA
7 sensor grounds
2 sensor screens

Environment (not included)

Outputs
Low pressure injection

High pressure injection

Booster extension (HPI5)

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors only
Integrated power stages for theuse of:
4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm
6 cylinders up to. 9,500 rpm
8 cylinders up to 8,500 rpm(depending injection types andpressure ranges)
Application notes avl. for Bosch
HDP5- and Hitachi Gen3 pumps.
Hitachi Gen1 notes on request.
Additional booster connectableto support 9 to 12 cylinders or
to realize higher rpm

IgnitionMax. 12 cylinders, coils with integrated amplifier

Further outputs

2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
for Lambda heater4 x 3 amp pwm lowside switch
8 x 2.2 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
low dump resistant3 x 8,5 amp H-bridge (2 reserved for electronic throttle)
2 x high pressure pump with
MSV control
12 x low pressure injection forhigh impedance infectors
8 x high pressure injection formagnetic injectors
12 x ignition control

Outputs signals

1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel
1 x engine rpm

Application

Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries
Selectable links between functions and in- or outputs

Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development

Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-03

Powerbox PBX 90

F 02U V01 794-01

Display DDU S2 PLUS

F 02U V02 183-01

Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector 91 pins

F 02U B00 711-01

Mating Connector 105 pins

F 02U B00 712-01

Software Options (not included)High Pressure Injection Package

For flat- and V-engines (2ndBank, MSV2, cylinder 7&8, external cylinder 9-12)

Measurement Package

Increase to 41 analog inputs

Logger Package I

Extension for Partition 1: up to
720 channels, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 synchro, (maxnumber of 1,080 channels to respect)

Logger Package II

Partition 2: 720 channels, 1 GB
memory, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 synchro, longterm recording, own data protection code (max number of
1,080 channels to respect)

Logger Package III

Copy data of partition 1 to USB
data stick, USB-port unlocked• Incl rugged USB flash
drive• Incl. adapter cable toUSB-port• Incl. adapter for wiring
harness

Gear Control Package I

Gear control Mega-Line functionality, has to be used with MegaLine components

Gear Control Package II

Gear control Bosch Motorsport
functionality

Gear Control Package III

Gear control coordination to external GCU systems

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 27

Installation Notes
Inspection services

Recommended after 220 h or
2 years, no components to replace

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6.3
Order number F 02U V01 963-01
Software Options
High Pressure Injection Package
Order number F 02U V01 999-01
Measurement Package
Order number F 02U V02 000-01
Logger Package I
Order number F 02U V01 993-01
Logger Package II
Order number F 02U V01 998-01
Logger Package III
Order number F 02U V02 082-01
Gear Control Package I
Order number F 02U V02 107-01
Gear Control Package II
Order number F 02U V02 108-01
Gear Control Package III
Order number F 02U V02 109-01

1

28 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls

Engine Control Unit MS 6.4
1

Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control

Featuresu

Optimized for low and high pressure injectionu

HP package for flat and V-engines inclusiveu

Measurement with 41 analog inputsuMultiple Software options available

The MS 6.4 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of our MS 6 family it features a powerful digital processing core withfloating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 6 family utilizes a new software development process based on
MATLAB/Simulink which significantly speeds algorithm
development by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly andeasily generated. The flexible hardware design allows
the MS 6.4 to support complex or unusual engine orchassis configurations.

Application
High pressure injection

Integrated power stages for theuse of:
4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm
6 cylinders up to 9,500 rpm
8 cylinders up to 8,500 rpm (depending injection types andpressure ranges)

Internal logger

Partition 1, 1 GB memory,
diagnostic channels,
50 free configurable channels,
fastest sampling 50 Hz,
digital filter respecting sampling
theorem

Logger options

See Software Options (not included)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 Bosch connectors, 196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 80°C

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Communication
2 Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB

HP package for flat and V-engines inclusive (2nd Bank, MSV2, cylinder
7&8, external cylinder 9-12)

1 RS232

Low pressure injection

1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors only

Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist several gear cut systems

3 Network screens

InputsAnalog inputs

41Internal measurement

1 triax acceleration
1 ambient pressure
2 ECU temperature
2 ECU voltage

Thermocouple

2 K-type

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 29

Software Tools (free download)

Lambda2 LSU 4.9

Knock

4

Data Analysis tool WinDarab 7 Light

Digital inputs

9

Data Application tool Modas Sport

Digital switch Engine ON/OFF

1

System Configuration tool RaceCon

Power supplies

4 sensor supplies 5 V, 50 mA
3 sensor supplies 5 V, 150 mA
7 sensor grounds
2 sensor screens

Environment (not included)

Outputs
Low pressure injection

High pressure injection

Booster extension (HPI5)

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance injectors only
Integrated power stages for theuse of:
4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm
6 cylinders up to. 9,500 rpm
8 cylinders up to 8,500 rpm(depending injection types andpressure ranges)
Application notes avl. for Bosch
HDP5- and Hitachi Gen3 pumps.
Hitachi Gen1 notes on request.
Additional booster connectableto support 9 to 12 cylinders or
to realize higher rpm

IgnitionMax. 12 cylinders, coils with integrated amplifier

Further outputs

2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
for Lambda heater4 x 3 amp pwm lowside switch
8 x 2.2 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
low dump resistant3 x 8,5 amp H-bridge (2 reserved for electronic throttle)
2 x high pressure pump with
MSV control
12 x low pressure injection forhigh impedance infectors
8 x high pressure injection formagnetic injectors
12 x ignition control

Outputs signals

1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel
1 x engine rpm

Application

Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries
Selectable links between functions and in- or outputs

Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development

1

Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-03

Powerbox PBX 90

F 02U V01 794-01

Display DDU S2 PLUS

F 02U V02 183-01

Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector 91 pins

F 02U B00 711-01

Mating Connector 105 pins

F 02U B00 712-01

Software Options (not included)
Logger Package I

Extension for Partition 1: up to
720 channels, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 synchro, (maxnumber of 1,080 channels to respect)

Logger Package II

Partition 2: 720 channels, 1 GB
memory, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 synchro, longterm recording, own data protection code (max number of
1,080 channels to respect)

Logger Package III

Copy data of partition 1 to USB
data stick, USB-port unlocked• Incl rugged USB flash
drive• Incl. adapter cable toUSB-port• Incl. adapter for wiring
harness

Gear Control Package I

Gear control Mega-Line functionality, has to be used with MegaLine components

Gear Control Package II

Gear control Bosch Motorsport
functionality

Gear Control Package III

Gear control coordination to external GCU systems

Installation Notes
Inspection services

Recommended after 220 h or
2 years, no components to replace

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

30 | 01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

Ordering Information

1

Engine Control Unit MS 6.4
Order number F 02U V02 019-04
Software Options
Logger Package I
Order number F 02U V01 993-01
Logger Package II
Order number F 02U V01 998-01
Logger Package III
Order number F 02U V02 082-01
Gear Control Package I
Order number F 02U V02 107-01
Gear Control Package II
Order number F 02U V02 108-01
Gear Control Package III
Order number F 02U V02 109-01

01 Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 31

Engine Control Unit MS 6 Variations
Engine Control Unit MS
6.1

Engine Control Unit MS
6.2

Engine Control Unit MS
6.3

Engine Control Unit MS
6.4

Low pressure

+

+

+

+

High pressure

-

-

+

+

Engine function package I(Electronic throttle control, VVT, Turbo control)

Opt.

+

+

+

Engine function package II(Traction and launch control)

Opt.

+

+

+

HP package

-

-

Opt.

+

Analogue inputs

21

41

21

41

Upgrade on 41 inputs

Opt.

+

Opt.

+

1

32 | 01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 15.1
1

8 housing fixation points
Size

210 x 199 x 36 mm

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Weight1,780 gTemperature range-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Power consumption w/o inj.

Approx. 5 W at 14 V

Power consumption

Approx. 140 W at 14 V

Inputs2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors

Features2 lambda interfaces LSUu

8 injection output stages

4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensorsu

For solenoid injectors

4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors

u

60 data inputs

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

The MS 15.1 is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to 8
cylinders. It is developed for use with Bosch solenoid injectors.

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor

Application

13 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, fixed pull-up

3 system inputs 0 to 5 V

27 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up

Engines with the following numbers of cylinders are supported:

3, 4, 5, 6, 8, <3 on request

Injector type

Solenoid injectors

Outputs

Control strategy

Quantity based

8 injection power stages

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
2 main injections
1 post injection

12 power stages (low side)

Single or Bi-Turbo

2 H-bridges

Turbo boost control

3 digital inputs

Lambda measurement
Traction control

2 power stages for lambda heater

2 sensor supplies 5 V/system use
Optional

3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA

Gear cut for sequential gearbox

3 sensor supplies 10 V/100 mA

Speed limiter

Software Tools

Optional function packages available

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. vibration

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
4 connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density,
187 pins
Vibration damped circuit boards

Optional Functionality
Traction control SW upgrade

F 02U V00 778-01

Chassis SW upgrade

F 02U V00 779-01

Two bank hydraulic control SW
upgradeF 02U V00 949-01

01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 33

Environment (not included)
Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-03

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-03

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-04

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Mating Connectors (not included)
Mating Connector I
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Mating Connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating Connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating Connector IV
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

Communication
3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)
2 FireWire interfaces for external communication

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 15.1
Order number F 01T A20 022-01
Software Options
SW Upgrade Traction Control
Order number F 02U V00 778-01
SW Upgrade Chassis
Order number F 02U V00 779-01
SW Upgrade Two Bank Hydraulic Control
Order number F 02U V00 949-01

1

34 | 01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 15.2
1

8 housing fixation points
Size

210 x 199 x 36 mm

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Weight1,780 gTemperature range-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Power consumption w/o inj.

Approx. 5 W at 14 V

Power consumption

Approx. 140 W at 14 V

Inputs2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors

Features2 lambda interfaces LSUu

6 injection output stages

4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensorsu

For Piezo injectors

4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors

u

60 data inputs

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor

The MS 15.2 is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to 6
cylinders. It is developed for use with Bosch Piezo injectors.

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor

Application

13 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, fixed pull-up

3 system inputs 0 to 5 V

27 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up

Engines with the following numbers of cylinders are supported:

3, 4, 5 ,6, < 3 on request

Injector type

Piezo injectors

Outputs

Control strategy

Quantity based

6 injection power stages

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
1 main injection
1 post injection

12 power stages (low side)

Single or Bi-Turbo

2 H-bridges

Turbo boost control

3 digital inputs

Lambda measurement
Traction control

2 power stages for lambda heater

2 sensor supplies 5 V/system use
Optional

3 sensor supplies 5 V/300 mA

Gear cut for sequential gearbox

3 sensor supplies 10 V/100 mA

Speed limiter

Software Tools

Optional function packages available

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. vibration

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
4 connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density,
187 pins
Vibration damped circuit boards

Optional Functionality
Traction control SW upgrade

F 02U V00 778-01

Chassis SW upgrade

F 02U V00 779-01

Two bank hydraulic control SW
upgradeF 02U V00 949-01

01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 35

Environment (not included)

Communication

Programming interface MSABox II

F 02U V00 327-03

3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-03

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-04

Ordering Information

Display DDU 8

F 02U V00 873-05

Engine Control Unit MS 15.2
Order number F 01T A20 023-03

Mating Connectors (not included)

2 FireWire interfaces for external communication

Software Options

Mating Connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

SW Upgrade Traction Control
Order number F 02U V00 778-01

Mating Connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

SW Upgrade Chassis
Order number F 02U V00 779-01

Mating Connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

SW Upgrade Two Bank Hydraulic Control
Order number F 02U V00 949-01

Mating Connector IV
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

Piezo Specific Functions
Voltage Control
Rail pressure dependent precontrol of the voltage difference between
cut off voltage and stationary actuator voltage.
Closed-loop voltage control, injector individual.
Voltage precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
Discharging Time Control
Voltage dependent precontrol of discharging current.
Closed-loop discharging time control, injector individual.
Discharging time precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
IVA Injector Voltage Adjustment
Determination of injector voltage demand at reference rail pressureduring injector inspection in plant before IQA-measurement.
Injector assignment of voltage setpoint curves within the ECU according to injector’s IVA class.
Temperature Compensation
Determination of the temperature dependent changes of voltage demand.
Definition of a temperature dependent correction factor.
Multiplicative correction of the voltage setpoint.

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.

1

36 | 01 Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units

1

02 Displays

2

Displays38

38 | 02 Displays | Displays

Display DDU 7

Online data compression

2

Logging rate

Max. 100 kB/s

Recording channels

Up to 720 per connected device

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

Internal storage capacity

2 GB

FM 40 long range telemetry support, GSM telemetry support
RS232 GPS input
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

148 x 126 x 32 mm

Weight440 g

Protection Classification

Programmable full colour dash board display withlogger

IP54 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°CuLarge trans-reflective multi colour display

Operating temperature Display-20 to 70°C

uLight weight synthetic material housing

Max. vibrationu

Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Featuresu

The display DDU 7 integrates a programmable full colour
dash board display with a data logging system for motorsport applications.
This allows for synchronized acquisition and visualization of engine data from the ECU and chassis data channels.
Additional input devices can be connected via Ethernet
and CAN buses.
Recorded data from the internal 2 GB flash memory canbe downloaded via high speed Ethernet. Data Analysis
Software WinDarab is available for free of charge as
WinDarab V7 free on our website.

Application
Display• 5,7” graphic colour display• 12 user configurable
display pages• 10 multicolor freely
configurable (RGB)
LEDs

Resolution

640 x 480 pixel

Supported image file formats

Bmp, gif, jpg, png, tif

Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Sampling rate

Max. 1,000 Hz for all channels

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

14 W at 14 V

InputsPage/brightness selection

2

Analog channels

6 or 10: see Variations

Wheel speed inputs

Hall-effect, DF11 or no: see
Variations

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kOhmDF 11 inputs

On request

Outputs
Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (350mA)

1

Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 % (350mA)

1

02 Displays | Displays | 39

Environment

Software Options

External switch for page selection, 12 steps

B 261 209 658-01

External switch for brightness adjustment or page selection, 6
steps

B 261 209 659-01

Software Upgrade 1
USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included, works
with Bosch File System (BFS)
preformatted USB Flash drive only)

F 02U V01 133-02

Adapter cable to USB-Port (included in Upgrade)

F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness (included in Upgrade)

F 02U 002 996-01

Software Upgrade 2
CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F 02U V01 134-01

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connector
AS 2-14-35PN at DDU7

37 pins

Mating connector
AS 6-14-35SN

F 02U 000 453-01

Installation Notes
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.

Communication
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

1

Laptrigger input

1

RS232

Telemetry, GPS

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Ordering Information
Display DDU 7
6 ana, 4 Hall speed inputs
Order number F 02U V01 130-04
Display DDU 7
6 ana, 4 DF11 speed inputs
Order number F 02U V01 167-03
Display DDU 7
10 ana, 0 speed inputs
Order number F 02U V02 010-01

SW Upgrade 1
USB-Port unlocked
Order number F 02U V01 133-02
SW Upgrade 2
CCP-Master
Order number F 02U V01 134-01

2

40 | 02 Displays | Displays

Display DDU 7 Variations
Display DDU 7

Display DDU 7

Display DDU 7Part Nr.

F 02U V01 130-04

F 02U V01 167-03

F 02U V02 010-01

Analogue inputs

6

6

10

Hall speed inputs

4

0

0

DF11 speed inputs

0

4

0

2

02 Displays | Displays | 41

Display DDU 8

Online data compression
Logging rate

Max. 300 kB/s

Recording channels

Up to 720 per connected device

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

3-port network switch
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Featuresu

Programmable full colour dash board displayu

2 GB dash logger (opt.)u

Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)uMulti colour (RGB) gearshift lights

The display DDU 8 integrates a programmable full colour
dash board display with a data logging system for motorsport applications.
This allows for synchronized acquisition and visualization of engine data from the ECU and chassis data channels.
Additional input devices can be connected via Ethernet
and CAN buses.
Recorded data from the internal 2 GB logger (opt.) canbe downloaded via high-speed ethernet or via wirelessconnection with the BT 60 burst telemetry system.
As a base system the DDU 8 is sold as display only. Software upgrades for the DDU 8 (field upgradable by entering a key) activate data logger functionality, additional
recording on USB flash drive, CCP-master and additional
input channels.

Application
Display• 5” graphic colour display• Multiple user configurable display pages• 10 multi colour (RGB)
gearshift lights

Resolution

800 x 480 high resolution pixel

Supported image file formats

Bmp, gif, jpg, png, tif

Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Sampling rate

Max. 1,000 Hz for all channels

Size

161 x 111 x 31 (49) mm

Weight675 g

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Operating temperature internal-20 to 60°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

14 W at 14 V

InputsPage/brightness selection

2

Analog channels

4

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

Outputs
PWM outputs (Low side switch 2
A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (350mA)

1SoftwareConfiguration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Environment
External switch for page selection, 12 steps

B 261 209 658-01

External switch for brightness
adjustment or page selection, 6
steps

B 261 209 659-01

Software Upgrade 1

F 02U V00 701-01

Activation of internal data logger

2 GB

2

42 | 02 Displays | Displays

2

Accumulator Service

Telemetry support

BT 60

Long range telemetry support

FM 40

Internal accumulator for data preservation and clock included

Interface for telemetry (on yellow connector)

RS232

Recommended service interval: 24 months (inclusive accumulator
change)Software Upgrade 2

F 02U V00 702-01

Send device to Bosch dealer for service.

Yellow connector unlocked

Charge accumulator for > 6 h after installation (supply with power).

GPS input

Charge accumulator twice per year for > 6 h (supply with power).

Additional analog channels

20

Additional rotational channels(Input Hall/inductive)4

Additional sensor supplies 5 V ±
1 % (350 mA each)

3

Additional sensor supply 10 V ±
1 % (350 mA)

1

Additional sensor supply 12 V
(1 A) non regulated

1

Interface for GPS

RS232

Software Upgrade 3

F 02U V00 796-01

SW Upgrade 1
Activation of internal 2 GB data logger, telemetry support
Order number F 02U V00 701-01

F 02U V00 871-02

SW Upgrade 2
Yellow connector unlocked, GPS input
Order number F 02U V00 702-01

CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

Lap trigger input (on yellow connector, always open)

1

Ordering Information

CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)
Software Upgrade 4

Communication

USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with Bosch File System(BFS) preformatted USB Flashdrive only)

Display DDU 8
Order number F 02U V00 873-05
Software Options

SW Upgrade 3
CCP-Master
Order number F 02U V00 796-01

Adapter cable to USB-Port (included in Upgrade)

F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness (included in Upgrade)

F 02U 002 996-01

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connectors, double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector (red)AS DD 6-12-41SN

F 02U 002 216-01

Mating connector (yellow)
AS DD 6-12-41SA

F 02U 004 180-01

Installation Notes
Software
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.
Download data and save configurations before sending device as it will
be reset during service.

SW Upgrade 4
USB-Port unlocked
Order number F 02U V00 871-02

03 Electronics

3

Data Loggers

44

Injection Power Stages

50

Lap Trigger Systems

55

PowerBox

60

Radar System

64

Sensor Interfaces

66

Telemetry79

44 | 03 Electronics | Data Loggers

Data Logger C 50

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

3

Size

148 x 126 x 16 mm

Weight

300 g

Protection Classification

IP54 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Operating temperature (internal)-20 to 60°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data

FeaturesuFreely programmable dash loggeruLight weight synthetic material housingu

Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)u

One motorsport connector

The data logger C 50 is a data logging system for motorsport applications. It allows for synchronized acquisitionof engine data from the ECU and chassis data from 6 analog and 4 digital wheel speed input channels. Additional input devices can be connected via Ethernet and CAN
buses. Recorded data from the internal 2 GB flash memory can be downloaded via high speed Ethernet.

Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

14 W at 14 V

InputsAnalog channels

8Wheel speed input (Hall-effect)

4

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

DF11 inputs

On request

Outputs

Application
Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Sampling rate

Max. 1,000 Hz for all channels

Online data compression
Logging rate

Max. 100 kB/s

Recording channels

Up to 720 per connected device

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

Internal storage capacity

2 GB

FM 40 long range telemetry support, GSM telemetry support
RS232 GPS input
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (350mA)

1

Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 % (350mA)

1

Environment
Software Upgrade 1
USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with Bosch File System(BFS) preformatted USB Flashdrive only)

F 02U V01 133-02

Adapter cable to USB-Port (included in Upgrade)

F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness (included in Upgrade)

F 02U 002 996-01

Software Upgrade 2
CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F 02U V01 134-01

03 Electronics | Data Loggers | 45

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connector
AS 2-14-35PN at C 50

37 pins

Mating connector
AS 6-14-35SN

F02U 000 453-01

Installation Notes
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.

Communication
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

1

Lap trigger input

1

RS232

Telemetry, GPS

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Ordering Information
Data Logger C 50
Order number F 02U V01 164-04
Software Options
SW Upgrade 1
USB-Port unlocked
Order number F 02U V01 133-02
SW Upgrade 2
CCP-Master
Order number F 02U V01 134-01

3

46 | 03 Electronics | Data Loggers

Data Logger C 60

RS232 GPS input
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

3

Size

105 x 34.5 x 137.5 mm

Weight495 g

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Operating temperature (internal)-20 to 65°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

FeaturesuCompact and light weight data logger

Electrical Datau

Aluminum housing

Supply voltage

8 to 18 Vu

Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)

10 W at 14 Vu

Two motorsport connectors

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)The data logger DDU 7 is a compact and light weight data logging system for motorsport applications. This allows for synchronized acquisition of engine data fromthe ECU and chassis data from up to 26 analog and 4
digital input channels. Additional input devices can beconnected via Ethernet and CAN buses. Recorded datafrom the internal 2 GB flash memory can be downloaded via high speed Ethernet or via wireless connection
with the BT 60 burst telemetry system.
As a base system the DDU 7 is sold as data logger only.
The software upgrades for the DDU 7 (field upgradable
by entering a key) activate additional recording on USB
flash drive, CCP-Master and additional input channels.

Application
Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital
low pass filter

Configurable math channels

Analog channels

6

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

Outputs
PWM outputs (low side switch 2
A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (250mA)

1

Environment
Software Upgrade 1
GPS input

User configurable CAN in/out messages
Sampling rate

InputsMax. 1,000 Hz for all channels

Online data compression
Logging rate

Max. 300 kB/s

Recording channels

Up to 720 per connected device

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

Internal storage capacity

2 GB

3-port network switch

Additional analog channels

20

Rotational channels (input Hall/
inductive)4

Additional sensor supply 5 V(250 mA each)3

Sensor supply 10 V (250 mA)

1

Sensor supply 12 V (1 A), nonregulated

1

RS232

GPS

BT 60 WLAN burst telemetry support
FM 40 long range telemetry support, GSM telemetry support

F 02U V00 703-01
Software Upgrade 2

03 Electronics | Data Loggers | 47

CCP-Master (ASAP 2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F 02U V00 797-01

Software Options
SW Upgrade 1
Order number F 02U V00 703-01

Software Upgrade 3
USB-Port unlocked (Rugged USB
flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with Bosch File System(BFS) preformatted USB flash
drive only)

F 02U V00 872-02

Adapter cable to USB-Port (included in Upgrade)

F 02U V01 343-01

Adapter for wiring harness (included in Upgrade)

F 02U 002 996-01

SW Upgrade 2
Order number F 02U V00 797-01
SW Upgrade 3
Order number F 02U V00 872-02

3

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connectors double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector I
AS-DD 6-12-41SN

F 02U 002 216-01

Mating connector II
AS-DD 6-12-41SA

F 02U 004 180-01

Installation Notes
Software
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.
Download data and save configurations before sending device as it will
be reset during service.

Accumulator Service
Internal accumulator for data preservation and clock included
Recommended service interval: 24 months (inclusive accumulator
change)Send device to Bosch dealer for service.
Charge accumulator for > 6 h after installation (supply with power).
Charge accumulator twice per year for > 6 h (supply with power).

Communication
Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

RS232

Telemetry

Lap trigger input

1

Ordering Information
Data Logger C 60
Order number F 02U V00 875-03

48 | 03 Electronics | Data Loggers

USB Upgrade Kit

Electrical Data
Capacity

2 GB

Specification

USB 1.1/2.0

Data rate

USB 2.0 up to 480 MBit/s

Connectors and Wires
Pin layout for connection to vehicle loom (see also Dimensions)

3

Pin 1

Data -

Pin 2

+5V

Pin 3

GND

Pin 4

Data +

Installation Notes
Features

The USB flash drive should be fixed on a soft surface to reduce thestress on the USB flash drive.

u

Capacity 2 GBu

Robust brass housinguHigh performance push-pull connector

Ordering Information

The Software Upgrade USB enables your DDU or datalogger to store data on a USB flash drive. The required
hardware is part of the Upgrade and includes an adapter
cable to USB-port, a connection socket to the wiring
harness and a rugged USB flash drive.
The rugged USB flash drive is securely mounted within arugged brass housing designed to provide full protection against extreme environmental conditions. It is IP68
protected and resistant to extreme operating temperatures (-30 to 85°C). The USB flash drive is equippedwith a rugged protection cap.

SW Upgrade USB for DDU 7
Order number F 02U V01 133-02
SW Upgrade USB for DDU 8
Order number F 02U V00 871-02
SW Upgrade USB for C 50
Order number F 02U V01 133-02
SW Upgrade USB for C 60
Order number F 02U V00 872-02
SW Upgrade USB for MS 6
Order number F 02U V01 993-01
Accessories

Application
Operating temperature range-30 to 85°C

Protection class

IP68

Tightening torque of Backnut forconnection socket

1.5 to 2.0 Nm

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Housing material

Brass

Weight42 gLength72 mmBore diameter

15.5 mmRugged USB flash drive (included in SW Upgrade)
Order number F 02U V01 342-02
Adapter cable to USB-Port (included in SW Upgrade)
Order number F 02U V01 343-01
Adapter for wiring harness (included in SW Upgrade)
Order number F 02U 002 996-01

03 Electronics | Data Loggers | 49

Dimensions3

50 | 03 Electronics | Injection Power Stages

Electrical Data

HPI 5

Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

10 to 16 V

Operation voltage (engine start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires

3

Mating connector

D 261 205 353-01

Communication
1 CAN (1 MBaud)Ordering Information
HPI 5
Optimized for Bosch HDP 5
Order number F 02U V00 929-02

FeaturesuMax. 8 cylindersuMax. 14,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)

u

550 g

The injector power stage HPI 5 is a device for driving injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 8 injectors
can be driven. The injectors are gathered in 4 groups of
2 injectors each. Within a group only one injector can beswitched on at the same time. The 4 groups are totally
independent, so that overlapping injection of injectorsof different groups is possible. The HPI 5 is mainly designed to drive the Bosch high pressure pump HDP 5,
but there are also variations for Hitachi HDP available.
Communication between main ECU and the HPI 5 is realized via CAN interface.

Application
Max. number of cylinders

8Max. rpm (8 cyl. operation)

7,000

Max. rpm (4 cyl. operation)

14,000Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valve HDEV 5 and Boschhigh pressure pump HDP 5
Hitachi HDP Gen 1 and Gen 3 variations available
Further HDEV and HDP on request

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 85°C

Size (incl. connectors)

190 x 123 x 36 mm

Weight

550 g

HPI 5
Optimized for Hitachi HDP Gen 1
Order number F 02U V01 055-02
HPI 5
Optimized for Hitachi HDP Gen 3
Order number F 02U V00 906-02

03 Electronics | Injection Power Stages | 51

Electrical Data

HPI 5-M 4C

Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

12 to 16 V

Operation voltage (engine start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

AS 616-26SN

Communication
1 CAN (1 MBaud)Ordering Information
HPI 5-M 4C
Order number F 02U V01 629-01

FeaturesuMax. 4 cylindersuMax. 15,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)

u

400 g

The injector power stage HPI 5-M 4C is a device for driving injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 4 injectors can be driven. Overlapping injection of injectors
is possible. The HPI 5-M is mainly designed to drive the
Bosch high pressure pump HDP 5. Communication between main ECU and the HPI 5-M is realized via CAN interface.

Application
Max. number of cylinders

4

Max. rpm (4 cyl. operation)

15,000Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valve HDEV 5 and Boschhigh pressure pump HDP 5

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 100°C

Size (incl. connectors)

167 x 97 x 39 mm

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Weight400 g

3

52 | 03 Electronics | Injection Power Stages

Dimensions3

03 Electronics | Injection Power Stages | 53

Electrical Data

HPI 5-M 8C

Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

12 to 16 V

Operation voltage (engine start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

AS 616-26SN
AS 614-19SN

Communication
1 CAN (1 MBaud)Ordering Information
HPI 5-M 8C
Order number F 02U V01 630-01

FeaturesuMax. 8 cylindersuMax. 8,000 rpm (8 cyl. operation)

u

440 g

The injector power stage HPI 5-M 8C is a device for driving injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 8 injectors can be driven. The injectors are gathered in 4
groups of 2 injectors each. Within a group only one injector can be switched on at the same time. The 4
groups are totally independent, so that overlapping injection of injectors of different groups is possible. The
HPI 5-M is mainly designed to drive the Bosch high pressure pump HDP 5. Communication between main ECU
and the HPI 5-M is realized via CAN interface.

Application
Max. number of cylinders

8Max. rpm (8 cyl. operation)

8,000

Max. rpm (6 cyl. operation)

9,500

Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valve HDEV 5 and Boschhigh pressure pump HDP 5

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 100°C

Size (incl. connectors)

167 x 97 x 39 mm

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Weight440 g

3

54 | 03 Electronics | Injection Power Stages

Dimensions3

03 Electronics | Lap Trigger Systems | 55

Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver

nal parameters. If the trigger condition is detected, thereceiver generates the appropriate output signal(main/sub trigger).
The trigger point is located at broadside of the transmitter antenna. After detecting the trigger point and releasing the trigger signal the receiver is passive for a periodof 0.5 seconds avoiding a multiple trigger signal. When atrigger is detected the output pin goes low for a certaintime:-20 msec low at main trigger-40 msec low at sub trigger
Standard output configuration: Low side switch with internal pull-up (R = 2.5 kOhm to +5 VDC). External pullup to VBat allowed

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

FeaturesSize

86 x 20 x 69 mm

Weight127 gProtection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Ambient temperature-20 to 85°C

uHigh reliability, even in bad weather conditionsu

16 independent channels

Electrical Datau

Main and sub trigger

Power consumption

1.3 W

Supply voltage

6 to 18 V

This lap trigger system HF 58 consists of a high frequency transmitter station and a receiver which is installed in
the car.
The system allows an exact lap time measurement. Section time measurement for comparison of different car
setups is also available if several transmitters are used.

Application

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASX0-02-03PN

Pin 1

Power supply +

Pin 2

GND
Trigger out

Antenna gain

6 dBi

Pin 3

Angle azimuth

40°

Installation Notes

Angle elevation

90°

Sensitivity-60 dBm

Packet size

32 BitPacket repetition frequency

0,5 msWorking frequency band

5,795 to 5,815 GHz

Frequency channels

16

Output driver (switching to
GND)

10 mA

Output signal main trigger (Puls)

20 ms active low

Output signal sub trigger (Puls)

40 ms active low

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1

Functions
The transmitter sends coded signals across the race
track via the directional antenna. The receiver at therace car permanently checks the team code and the sig-

The white antenna radome must be turned to the transmitter side (seeDimensions) and must not be mounted behind metallic covers or carbon fiber filled elements.
Positioning of the receiver inside the car: The connector side has to bepositioned in direction to the front or back of the car as shown indrawing No. 2 (see Dimensions). It must not be positioned with theconnector pointing up- or downwards.
Green or blue indicator flashes when it detects a trigger condition.

Ordering Information
Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver
Order number F 02U V00 946-03

3

56 | 03 Electronics | Lap Trigger Systems

Dimensions3

03 Electronics | Lap Trigger Systems | 57

Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter

Additional weight

350 g

Charging time

<4h

Running time

Approx. 30 h

Electrical Data
Power consumption

1.5 W

Supply voltage

6 to 18 V

Connectors and Wires
Features

Connector

ASL 0-06-05PD-HEu

High reliability, even in bad weather conditions

Pin 1

Power supply +u

16 independent channels

Pin 2

GND

u

Main and sub trigger

Pin 3

Charge input +uInternal Li-ion battery optional

Pin 4

n.c.

u

External supply possible

Pin 5

n.c.

This lap trigger system HF 58 consists of a high frequency transmitter station and a receiver which is installed in
the car.
The system allows an exact lap time measurement. Section time measurement for comparison of different car
setups is also available if several transmitters are used.

Installation Notes
The white antenna radome points to the car as shown in the drawing(see Dimensions) and must not be mounted behind metallic covers or
carbon fiber filled elements.
Red LED shows low battery condition.

Application

Charge control shows:Working frequency band

5,795 to 5,815 GHz

Frequency channels

16

Angle azimuth

11°

Angle elevation

90°

Transmission power+10 dBm

Antenna gain

15 dBi

Side lobe suppression>30 dB

FunctionsTechnical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

70 x 340 x 100 mm

Weight

1,020 gProtection Classification

IP54 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Ambient temperature-20 to 60°C

Option: internal accumulator

Ordering Information
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter
Order number F 02U V00 945-03
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter with internal battery
and charger
Order number F 02U V01 042-03

Dimensions

The transmitter sends coded signals across the race
track via the directional antenna. The receiver at therace car permanently checks the signal parameters. If
the trigger condition is detected, the receiver generates
the appropriate beacon signal (main/sub trigger). The
trigger point is located at broadside of the transmitter
antenna.

• blue when charging• green when battery full
• red on power or battery
failure3

58 | 03 Electronics | Lap Trigger Systems

Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver

Installation Notes
Same height between receiver and transmitter
Visibility connection between receiver and transmitter
Avoid direct exposure to sunlight

Ordering Information3

IR-02 Receiver KPSE 6E8 3AP DN A34
Order number B 261 206 884-03
IR-02 Receiver ASL-6-06-05PD-HE
Order number B 261-206 887-03
IR-02 Receiver KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN
Order number B 261 206 888-01

FeaturesuInfrared

u

39 g

u

15 m working rangeuDifferent connectors available

This lap trigger system consists of an infrared transmitter station and a receiver installed in the car. The system allows an exact lap time measurement.
Section time measurement for comparison of different
car setups is also available if several transmitters areused.
The receiver output signal pin is switched to ground for
20 ms when the car passes the main transmitter.
Notice: our old lap trigger IR is not compatible with
IR-02. If both lap triggers are used at the same time, thetransmitters have to be positioned with a minimum distance of 5 m.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

42 x 20 x 10 mm

Weight39 g

Aluminum housing

Electrical Data
Frequency codes

16

Supply voltage

8 to 16 V

Output voltage

5V

Working range

15 m

Working temperature-25 to 70°C

Connectors and Wires
Pin 1/A

V+ (Battery voltage)

Pin 2/B

GND

Pin 3/C

Trigger signal

03 Electronics | Lap Trigger Systems | 59

Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter

Ordering Information
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter
Order number B 261 206 890-01

3FeaturesuInfrared

u

124 g

u

15 m working range

This lap trigger system consists of an infrared transmitter station and a receiver installed in the car. The system allows an exact lap time measurement.
Section time measurement for comparison of different
car setups is also available if several transmitters areused.
The receiver output signal pin is switched to ground for
20 ms when the car passes the main transmitter.
Notice: our old lap trigger IR is not compatible with
IR-02. If both lap triggers are used at the same time, thetransmitters have to be positioned with a minimum distance of 5 m.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size with diode90 x 40 x 28 mm

Weight124 g

Aluminum housing

Electrical Data
Frequency codes

16 plus 16 offset codes for section times

Supply voltage

8 to 16 V

Working range

15 m

Working temperature-25 to 70°C

Installation Notes
Same height between receiver and transmitter
Visibility connection between receiver and transmitter
Avoid direct exposure to sunlight60 | 03 Electronics | PowerBox

PowerBox PBX 90

Outputs
4 high power channels up to 40 A (parallel up to 80 A)
4 high power channels up to 25 A
22 high power channels up to 15 A
6 multi purpose outputs up to 10 A (low side, high side, push-pull,
PWM)

3

1 sensor supply 5 V with individual ground pin

SoftwareFunction development and calibration tool

Bosch Motorsport Tool Suite

Connector X1: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 1

Available 01/2016

Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]1

HP_OUT3

40

150

2

OUT22

15

100

3

PWM_OUT6

10

60

4

OUT21

15

15

5

ANA_IN07

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

6

ANA_IN08

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

7

PWM_OUT4

10

8

CAN_3_H

1 MBaud max.

9

SENSGND

GND for AIN[x]10SENSPWR_5V

0.4

11

PWM_OUT2

1060

Technical Specifications

12

PWM_OUT1

1060

Mechanical Data

13

HP_OUT4

40

150

14

ANA_IN03

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

15

ANA_IN04

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

16

DIG_IN3

0 to 12 V, Pull-up,
Pull-down

17

DIG_IN4

0 to 12 V, Pull-up,
Pull-down

Featuresu

36 single high current outputsu

Outputs up to 80 Au

Reverse polarity protectionu

CAN/Ethernet communicationuPowerful function development tool

The PowerBox is an intelligent control and distribution
unit for the electric grid in a modern racing car which isseamless integrated into the Bosch Motorsport systemarchitecture. It is capable to replace all conventional relays, fuses and circuit breakers, simplifies wiring harnesses and provides diagnostic capabilities.

Size

214 x 159 x 57.5 mm

Weight830 g

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data
Supply voltage range

5 to 20 V

18

ANA_IN09

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

Power supply current

120 A continuous

19

ANA_IN10

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

20

CAN_3_L

1 MBaud max.

Communication

60

CAN

3

21

BAT_GND

15

15

Ethernet

2

22

BAT_GND

15

15

23

BAT_GND

15

15

24

BAT_GND

15

15

25

HP_OUT7

25

150

26

OUT19

15

100

Inputs12 analogue inputs (16 bit resolution) switchable pull-up resistors
4 digital inputs switchable pull-up/pull-down resistors

03 Electronics | PowerBox | 61

Connector X1: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 1

Connector X2: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 2

27

ANA_IN05

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

23

ETH_2_RXP

10/100

28

OUT20

15

24

ETH_2_TXP

10/10029

ANA_IN06

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

25

HP_OUT5

25

150

30

OUT17

15

100

26

OUT11

15

100

31

OUT18

15

100

27

OUT09

15

100

32

ANA_IN11

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

28

OUT12

15

100

33

OUT15

15

100

29

OUT10

15

100

34

OUT16

15

100

30

OUT07

15

100

35

ANA_IN12

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

31

OUT08

15

100

36

PWM_OUT3

10

60

32

Do not use

37

PWM_OUT5

10

60

33

OUT05

15

100

38

HP_OUT8

25

150

34

SHIELD_GND

shield

35

OUT06

15

100

100

Connector X2: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 2
Pin

Used forCont. [A]Peak [A]

36

OUT03

15

100

1

HP_OUT1

40

150

37

OUT04

15

100

2

OUT14

15

100

38

HP_OUT6

25

150

3

OUT13

15

100

4

OUT02

15

100

Connector X3: Amphenol Radsok Automotive Pinlock Connector 8
mm (35 mm², 50 mm²)

5

OUT01

15

100

6

TIMESTAMP_INOUT

1 kHz open drain

7

CAN_2_H

1 MBaud max.

8

CAN_1_H

1 MBaud max.

9

ETH_1_RXN

10/10010

ETH_1_TXN

10/10011ETH_2_RXN

10/10012ETH_2_TXN

10/10013

HP_OUT2

40

150

14

BAT_GND

15

100

15

ANA_IN01

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

16

ANA_IN02

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

17

DIG_IN1

0 to 12 V, Pull-up,
Pull-down

18

DIG_IN2

0 to 12 V, Pull-up,
Pull-down

19

CAN_2_L

1 MBaud max.

20

CAN_1_L

1 MBaud max.

21

ETH_1_RXP

10/10022

ETH_1_TXP

10/100Pin

Used forCont. [A]Peak [A]1

BATT_POS

120

180

Ordering Information
PowerBox PBX 90
Order number F 02U V01 794-05
Accessories
Mating Connector X1
Order number F 02U B00 760-01
Mating Connector X2
Order number F 02U B00 761-01
Mating Connector X3
Order number F 02U 003 575-01

3

62 | 03 Electronics | PowerBox

Dimensions

3

Housing PBX 90

03 Electronics | PowerBox | 63

Bosch Motorsport Tool Suite• Flash of pst file
• Diagnostic logs
• Calibration/Measurement

3
Inputs

Outputs• 4 digital• 16 analog• CAN IDs

• 8 high power• 22 low power• 6 multi purpose outputs(high side, low side, push-pull, PWM)
• 1 sensor supply

Communication Channels PBX 90

64 | 03 Electronics | Radar System

Collision Avoidance System
CAS-M light3

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight of radar sensor MRR

199 g

Size

60x70x32 mm

Vibration

Randome vibration aeff = 30.8
m/s², 3x8 h (according ISO/DIS
16750-3)

Kind of protection

IP 6K6K (DIN 40 050) IP 6K7(DIN 40 050)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6.5 to 18 V

An external fuse has to be provided (rec. 10 A).
External overvoltage protection
is required (internal overvoltage
protection up to 35 V).
Reverse polarity voltage protection

Featuresu

Radar sensor with integrated logicuWarning for overtake situationsuEasy system adaptationu

Universal CAN interface for various displaysuVisualization via display LEDs

The collision avoidance system CAS-M light helps thedriver to focus on the track and warns him if a car is approaching from behind. The system provides information about relative speed and distance of the closest vehicle on the CAN bus. An additional display with CAN
bus interface is required (e.g. DDU 7).
The information is based on a Bosch radar sensor whichcontains a FMCW radar transceiver operating in the
globally harmonized frequency range of 76.0 – 77.0 GHz.
Targets in front of the sensor are reflecting the radar
signal and the relative speed and distance is determined
via Doppler-effect and beat frequency.
The benefit is even more increased during darkness orin bad weather conditions. The system interface is very
intuitive and adaptable to the drivers liking – so there isno need in special driver trainings.

Application-14 V max. t ≤ 60 sec

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

F 037 B00 168-01

Pin 1

GND

Pin 2

CAN-H

Pin 3

CAN-L

Pin 4

n.c.

Pin 5

n.c.

Pin 6

n.c.

Pin 7

n.c.

Pin 8

V+

Installation Notes
The system includes a radar sensor and a detailed user manual.
Ordering information for suitable wiring looms for the different CAS-M
light packages are specified in the user manual.
The system needs to be connected to the vehicle CAN bus (connection
to display needed) and supplied with 12 V from the supply system onboard.
See CAS-M light in action on http://youtu.be/EzpSy-eJRi4

Operating temperature-40 to 85°C

Storage temperature-20 to 95°C

Ordering Information

Range

150 m

Tracks1 Object (nearest)

Collision Avoidance System CAS-M light (500 kBaud)Order number F 02U V02 021-01

InterfaceCAN

CAN rate

500 kBaud or 1 MBaud

CAN update rate

50 Hz

Collision Avoidance System CAS-M light (1 MBaud)Order number F 02U V02 220-01
Collision Avoidance System CAS-M light incl. Display
DDU 7 (500 kBaud)Order number F02U V02 106-01

03 Electronics | Radar System | 65

Collision Avoidance System CAS-M light incl. Display
DDU 7 (1 MBaud)Order number F 02U V02 221-01

Dimensions

3

Wiring schematic

66 | 03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Lambdatronic LT4

Storage temp. range-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data

3

Power supply US(6.5) 10 to 14 V

Max power supply (1 min) US

Max. 26 V

Thermal dissipation loss

3 W at 14 V

Current Is

5A

Current Is (Heating up)

26 A

SoftwareConfiguration with Modas Sport

Features

Included

Characteristic
Signal output 1

CAN

Signal output 2

4 x 0 to 5 V “analog”

Integrated voltage compensation for sensor heater

CAN- baud rate

500 kbaud or 1 Mbaud

The Lambdatronic LT4 provides controlled pumping current to supply up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9. The lambda value, thesensor temperature and diagnostics are available via
CAN and analog signal.
The LSU contains a Nernst and a pump cell. The lambda
in the Nernst cell is controlled to lambda = 1.013 independent of the oxygen contents on the emission side,through a current through the pump cell. The current
proportional output voltage of the IC is a measure of thelambda value.
The main feature and benefit of this unit is the combination of the Bosch well known lambda IC and a very compact box size with motorsport specification. Furthermore the analog signal output can be configured freely.

Signal resolution

2,5 * 10-4 lambda

Signal sampling rate

100 HzCAN refresh rate

100 Hzuu

Supply of up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9

FunctionsApplication

Lambda 0.75 to 10.12

Compatible Bosch sensor type

LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9, Mini-LSU 4.9

Channels

4

HeaterInternal

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight with wire

98 g

Sealing

100 % humidity

Mounting

VelcroSize w/o wire (w*l*h)

54 x 59 x 13 mm

Operating temp. range (housing)-20 to 85°C

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-14-35PN

Connector loom
AS 1-14-35SN

F 02U 000 365-01

SleeveViton

Wire size

26

Wire length L

20 cm

Pin Assignment
Pin

Function1+ 12 V (Battery +)2+ 12 V (Battery +)3

Ground (Battery -)4Ground (Battery -)5

K-Line diagnostic connection

6

CAN1 + (high)7

CAN1 – (low)8

Analog out 1

9Analog out 2

10

Analog out 3

11

Analog out 4

03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 67

12

Reference GND for analog out

13

Shield14

Pump current LSU 1 IP1

15Virtual GND LSU 1 VM1

16

Heater PWM LSU 1 Uh-1

17

Heater (Batt +) LSU 1 Uh+1

18

Setup current LSU 1 IA1

Ordering Information

19

Nernst voltage LSU 1 UN1

20

Pump current LSU 2 IP2Lambdatronic LT4Order number F 01T A20 070-08

21

Virtual GND LSU 2 VM222

Heater PWM LSU 2 Uh-2

23

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 2 Uh+2

24

Setup current LSU 2 IA225

Nernst voltage LSU 2 UN2

26

Pump current LSU 3 IP327Virtual GND LSU 3 VM328

Heater PWM LSU 3 Uh-3

29

Heater (Batt +) LSU 3 Uh+3

30

Setup current LSU 3 IA331

Nernst voltage LSU 3 UN3

32

Pump current LSU 4 IP433

Virtual GND LSU 4 VM434

Heater PWM LSU 4 Uh-4

35

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 4 Uh+4

36

Setup current LSU 4 IA437

Nernst voltage LSU 4 UN4Installation Notes
The LT4 is designed to supply 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type LSU 4.2,
LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9
The LT4 is featured with voltage compensation for the heating profile
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (500 kbaud or 1
Mbaud) and analog measuring device.
To avoid signal errors, a cable length of maximum 1.5 m between sensor and box is recommended.
The unit is secure from miss-pinning.
The reference ground (GND_REF) has to be connected either to themeasuring device or to the system ground.
A ground offset of 2 V (max.) between GND and GND_REF has not to
be exceeded.

See the LT4 function sheet for software documentation (e.g. CAN protocol).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Communication
Communication link

K-Line / CAN3

68 | 03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Dimensions3

03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 69

Lambdatronic LT4 ADV

Size w/o wire (w*l*h)

54 x 59 x 13 mm

Operating temp. range (housing)-20 to 85°C

Storage temp. range-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

3

Electrical Data
Power supply US(6.5) 10 to 14 V

Max power supply (1 min) US

Max. 26 V

Thermal dissipation loss

3 W at 14 V

Current Is

5A

Current Is (Heating up)

26 A

SoftwareFeatures

Configuration with Modas Sport

Included

Supply of up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type LSU
ADVCharacteristic

Integrated voltage compensation for sensor heater

Signal output 1

CAN

The Lambdatronic LT4 ADV is a control module whichfunction is to supply and control up to four BoschLSU ADV. The new lambda sensor LSU ADV offers extended features as an improved robustness, a shorter heating time and less influence from the ambient pressure.
The LSU ADV contains a Nernst cell and a pump cell.
The lambda value between the Nernst cell and an internal oxygen reference chamber is controlled to lambda
1.013, independent of the oxygen concentration on theemission side. This happens thanks to the pump current
throw the pump cell, responsible for the transmission ofoxygen atoms in the sensor ceramic. The current proportional output voltage of the IC gets translated in alambda value. The LT4 ADV provides the sensors temperature and other diagnostics parameters over CAN.
The 4 lambda signals can be read by using the CAN or
analog output.
The main feature and benefit of this unit is its compact
design, its light weight construction, as well as the possibility to control up to 4 Lambda Sensors LSU ADV withmultiple user-configurable parameters.

Signal output 2

4 x 0 to 5 V “analog”

CAN- baud rate

500 kbaud or 1 Mbaud

Signal resolution

2,5 * 10-4 lambda

Signal sampling rate

100 HzCAN refresh rate

100 HzuuFunctions

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-14-35PN

Connector loom
AS 1-14-35SN

F 02U 000 365-01

SleeveViton

Wire size

26

Wire length L

20 cm

Pin Assignment
Pin

Function

Application

Lambda 0.75 to 5

1

+ 12 V (Battery +)Compatible Bosch sensor type

LSU ADV2+ 12 V (Battery +)Channels

43

Ground (Battery -)HeaterInternal

4

Ground (Battery -)Technical Specifications

5

K-Line diagnostic connection

Mechanical Data

6

CAN1 + (high)

Weight with wire

98 g

7

CAN1 – (low)Sealing

100 % humidity8

Analog out 1

Mounting

Velcro9

Analog out 2

70 | 03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

3

10

Analog out 3

11

Analog out 4

12Reference GND for analog out

13

Shield14

Pump current LSU 1 IP1

15Virtual GND LSU 1 VM1Ordering Information

16

Heater PWM LSU 1 Uh-1

17

Heater (Batt +) LSU 1 Uh+1

Lambdatronic LT4 ADV
Order number F 02U V01 111-03

18

Not connected

19

Nernst voltage LSU 1 UN1

20

Pump current LSU 2 IP221

Virtual GND LSU 2 VM222

Heater PWM LSU 2 Uh-2

23

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 2 Uh+2

24

Not connected

25

Nernst voltage LSU 2 UN2

26

Pump current LSU 3 IP327Virtual GND LSU 3 VM328

Heater PWM LSU 3 Uh-3

29

Heater (Batt +) LSU 3 Uh+330

Not connected

31

Nernst voltage LSU 3 UN3

32

Pump current LSU 4 IP433

Virtual GND LSU 4 VM434

Heater PWM LSU 4 Uh-4

35

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 4 Uh+4

36

Not connected

37

Nernst voltage LSU 4 UN4Installation Notes
The LT4 ADV is designed to supply 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU ADVThe LT4 ADV is featured with voltage compensation for the heating
profile.
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (500 kbaud or 1
Mbaud) and analog measuring device.
To avoid signal errors, a cable length of maximum 1.5 m between sensor and box is recommended.
The unit is secure from miss-pinning.
The reference ground (GND_REF) has to be connected either to themeasuring device or to the system ground.

A ground offset of 2 V (max.) between GND and GND_REF has not to
be exceeded.
See the LT4 ADV function sheet for software documentation (e.g. CAN
protocol).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 71

Dimensions3

72 | 03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Modular Sensor Interface M 60

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

3

Size

105 x 34.5 x 137.5 mm

Weight495 g

Operating temperature-20 to 65°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (See Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data

FeaturesuCompact sensor interfaceu

30 input channelsuEach channel individually configurable

The M 60 is a compact and light weight sensor interface
unit for analog and digital sensors. Up to eight M 60 canbe used to expand the number of input channels of thedata logger C 60 as well as the display DDU 7. The M 60
are linked via high-speed Ethernet interface. This allows
for synchronized acquisition of data from the different
units and the ECU.
The M 60 offers 26 analog inputs, four rotational inputs,
four pwm outputs and two independent CAN buses.
Each analog input channel features an analog pre-filter,
8 x oversampling and highly linear digital filtering. The
cut-off frequency of the digital filter is automatically adjusted to match the acquisition rate. The latency of thedigital filters is corrected during recording, yielding zero
filter delay in the recorded data.
The evaluation of each M 60 measurement channel is individually configurable with the PC configuration tool
RaceCon.

Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

10 W at 14 V

InputsAnalog channels

26

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

Rotational channels (default
Hall, Inductive as option)4

Outputs
PWM outputs (low side switch 2
A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V (350 mA
each)

4

Sensor supply 10 V (350 mA
each)

1

Sensor supply 12 V (1 A, nonregulated)

1

Environment

Application

Software Upgrade 1

8 kHz AD converters with digital low pass filter

CCP-Master (ASAP 2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Max. 1,000 Hz acquisition rate for all channels
3-port network switch
RS232 GPS input
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration
protocol (optional)

F 02U V01 012-01

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connectors double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector I
AS-DD 6-12-41SN

F 02U 002 216-01

Mating connector II
AS-DD 6-12-41SA

F 02U 004 180-01

Installation Notes
Internal accumulator for data preservation and clock included
Required service interval: 24 months (internal accumulator is replaced)

03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 73

Charge accumulator for > 6 h after installation.
Charge accumulator twice per year for > 6 h.
Send device to Bosch dealer for accumulator change.
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.

Communication
Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

Ordering Information
Modular Sensor Interface M 60
Order number F 02U V00 882-02
Software Options
SW Upgrade 1
Order number F 02U V01 012-01

3

74 | 03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Modular Sensor Interface MSI
60

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption(w/o sensor power supply)

15 W

Required power supply

7 to 18 V

2 frequency inputs 0 to 25.5 kHz for inductive sensor / Hall-effectsensor / DF11 sensor
32 differential analogue inputs, switchable to single ended operation,-5 V to 5 V or 0 V to 5 V; switchable pull up values 3.01 kOhm and4.99 kOhm, 49.9 kOhm to suit PT100/PT1000

3

8 single ended analogue inputs, 0 V to 5 V; switchable pull up value
3.01 kOhm
8 LVDT inputs, 2.5 kHz/5 kHz/10 kHz; 3 V/5 V/10 V RMS
4 PWM outputs, max. 1 A each, max. 1 kHz
2 x 5 V or 10 V switchable sensor power supply, max. 200 mA each2 x 5 V sensor power supply, max. 400 mA eachFeatures1 x sensor power supply, max. 800 mA voltage = (MSI 60 supply voltage) -1.1 V; switched U_BattuCompact dimensionsuHigh quality signal processingu

50 sensor inputs (differential analogue, single
ended analogue, LVDT, frequency, RS232)

The MSI 60 is a high quality signal conditioning and dataacquisition unit for analogue, digital, frequency and linear variable differential (LVDT) sensors.
MSI 60 offers a large number of freely configurable inputs (32 x differential analogue, 8 x single ended analogue, 8 x LVDT, 2 x frequency, 1 x RS 232 for GPS).
Possible applications of the differential inputs include
e.g. 31 TC-J type or TC-K type temperature sensors arranged in a sensor array (one diff. input used for compensation), PT100, PT1000 (specific pull up values available), NTC, strain gauges etc. Each differential input features 200 times oversampling.
The cut-off frequency of the digital filters in all inputs is
automatically adjusted to match the acquisition rate.
MSI 60 also corrects the latency of the digital filters during recording, yielding zero filter delay in the recorded
data. Quantization of each MSI measurement channel isindividually configurable. Data can be sent via Ethernet
interface to any Bosch Motorsport logging device.

RS 232 interface for GPS (data reception only)
3 x Ethernet 100 MBit/s
2 x freely configurable up to 1 MBit CAN Bus

Environment
Software Upgrade 1
CCP-Master (ASAP 2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F 02U V01 012-01

Connectors and Wires
Connector 1: LIFE (red) X1
ECU: AS-2-12-35PN
Harness: AS 6-12-35SN; max.
AWG22

F 02U 000 443-01

Connector 2: SENSOR 1 (yellow) X2
ECU: ASDD-2-14-64PA
Harness: ASDD 6-14-64SA;
max. AWG24

F 02U 003 098-01

Connector 3: SENSOR 2 (red) X3
ECU: ASDD-2-14-64PN

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

153 x 119 x 38 mm

Weight645 g

Aluminum housing
High density type motorsport connectors
Vibration damped printed circuit boards
Operating temperature-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

15 g sinus at 1,200 Hz for t < 5 hHarness: ASDD 6-14-64SN;
max. AWG24

F 02U 000 854-01

Ordering Information
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 60
Order number F 02U V01 901-01
Software Options
SW Upgrade 1
Order number F 02U V01 012-01

03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 75

Modular Sensor Interface MSI 60
Analogue inputs, single ended

Differential analogue inputs

LVDT inputs

Number of inputs

8

32

8

Pre-filtering

analogue, 1st orderanalogue, 3rd orderanalogue, 1st order

ADC resolution

12 bit, 10ks*

18 bit, 200ks*

12 bit, 10ks*

Compensation of digital filter latency

x

x

x

Pull up resistors

3.01 kOhm

3.01 kOhm
4.99 kOhm (PT100)
49.9 kOhm (PT1000)-

Amplifying factor

1

1, 2, 4, 8 to 512-

Input voltage range

0 V to 5 V-5 V to 5 V (differential mode)0 V to 5 V (single ended mode)

3 V/ 5 V/ 10 V (U_eff.), 2.5 kHz/ 5
kHz/ 10 kHz* ks = 1000 samples/s3

76 | 03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Wheel Speed Signal Splitter

Size (Double connector type)112.1 x 63.5 x 30.3 mm

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data

3

Power supply

12 V

Max. power supply (1 min)

25 V

Connector for Single Connector Type
Connector 1 (wide)

AS-012-35-PN

Mating connector AS-6-12-35SN

F 02U 000 443-01

Connectors for Double Connector Type
Featuresu

ABS Wheel Speed Sensor InterfaceuLightweight Aluminum Housing

Bosch Motorsport has developed a wheel speed modulethat converts the Bosch DF11 (differential dual hall sensors) signals to a signal that can be processed by peripheral engine controlling devices and data recording
systems. The adapter can be plugged into any BoschABS M4 loom.
The operation principle is that it forwards the sensor information to the ABS. In addition it converts the speed
info into a digital signal. The type of output is open collector. The connected device needs to contain an internal pull up resistor of 2.15 kOhm to 12 V like the MS 4
ECUs.
The interface is available in two different housings supporting one connector or two connectors (see photo).
The single connector type is used if the signal is fed
back into an especially pre-defined ABS loom which connects e.g. to the original chassis loom. The double connector type is used if the speed signal is broadcast to
the peripheral device via a separate loom.
The wheel speed signal splitter is designed to be usedin combination with the Bosch Motorsport ABS system.
Due to safety reasons it is not designed for usage incombination with other ABS systems

Application
Application

ABS wheel speed sensor interface

Connector 1 (wide)

AS-2-12-35-PN

Mating connector AS-6-12-35SN

F 02U 000 443-01

Connector 2 (small)AS-2-08-35-PN

Mating connector AS-6-08-35SN

F 02U 000 430-01

Pinout Connector 1 (wide)
Pin

Description for one connector

Description for two connectors

1

Supply to DF11 (RR)

Supply to DF11 (RR)

2

Signal from DF11 (RR)

Signal from DF11 (RR)

3

Supply to DF11 (RL)

Supply to DF11 (RL)

4Signal from DF11 (RL)

Signal from DF11 (RL)

5

Supply to DF11 (FR)Supply to DF11 (FR)6Signal from DF11 (FR)Signal from DF11 (FR)7

Supply to DF11 (FL)

Supply to DF11 (FL)

8Signal from DF11 (FL)

Signal from DF11 (FL)9Signal to ABS (FL)

Signal to ABS (FL)10

DF11 supply from ABS (FL)

DF11 supply from ABS (FL)11

Signal to ABS (FR)Signal to ABS (FR)12

DF11 supply from ABS (FR)DF11 supply from ABS (FR)Compatible sensor type

Bosch DF 11

13

Signal to ABS (RL)

Signal to ABS (RL)

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

14

DF11 supply from ABS (RL)

DF11 supply from ABS (RL)

Storage temperature range-20 to 85°C

15

Signal to ABS (RR)

Signal to ABS (RR)

Technical Specifications

16

DF11 supply from ABS (RR)

DF11 supply from ABS (RR)

Mechanical Data

17

Open collector Signal to ECU(FL)Not used

18

Open collector Signal to ECU(FR)Not used

Weight53 g

Size (Single connector type)101.8 x 63.5 x 30.3 mm

03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 77

19

UBat 12V

UBat 12V

20

Open collector Signal to ECU(RL)

Not used

21

Open collector Signal to ECU(RR)

Not used22

ECU GroundNot used3

Pinout Connector 2 (small)
Pin

Description for one connector

Description for two connectors

1

n.a.

Open collector Signal to
ECU (FL)

2n.a.

Open collector Signal to
ECU (FR)

3

n.a.

Open collector Signal to
ECU (RL)

4

n.a.

Open collector Signal to
ECU (RR)

5

n.a.

Not used

6n.a.

ECU Ground

Ordering Information
Single Connector Type
Order number F 02U V00 335-03
Double Connector Type
Order number F 02U V00 203-03

Dimensions

Single Connector Type Housing

78 | 03 Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

3

Double Connector Type Housing

Connection Scheme

03 Electronics | Telemetry | 79

Online Telemetry System
Overview

Environment
Car antenna
Pit antenna
Server PC

Car Antenna

Pit Receiver Box
on pit roof

Pit Antenna

Ethernet pit network

Telemetry
Transmitter

Client PCs
Server PC
RS 232

VehicleSystemData Logger

Ethernet Pit Network

The Bosch Motorsport Online Telemetry System enables
the transmission of online measurement data from a car
on a racetrack. The vehicle part of the system consistsof a data and the FM 40 telemetry transmitter. From thedata logger data is sent via a RS232 connection to the
FM 40. The FM 40 adds framing and error correction information to the data stream and modulates its RF output which is fed via an antenna wire to the TX antenna.
In the pits, the RF signal is picked up by an RX antennaconnected to the pit receiver box. Inside the receiverbox, the signal is filtered and amplified by a low noise
filter amplifier. It is then sent to a UHF modem. The modem demodulates the data stream and performs error
correction, if necessary. The output stream passes thedata converter and is transferred via a connection wire
to the server PC in the garage. This PC decodes the
car’s telemetry stream and distributes the information
over the pit network.
Due to the high transmission power of 1 to 10 W of the
Bosch FM 40 telemetry transmitter, near 100 % coverage is achieved on most tracks, even under race conditions with high RF interference.

Application
Transmission of online measurement data
Components
Telemetry transmitter FM 40
Data logger, e.g. C 60
Pit receiver box

Functions
Good data quality even under race conditions with high RF interference.

Technical Specifications
High transmission power of 1 to 10 W
Near 100 % coverage on most tracks
Framing and error correction3

80 | 03 Electronics | Telemetry

Dimensions

Car Antenna3

Pit Receiver Box
on pit roof

Pit Antenna

Telemetry
Transmitter

Client PCs
Server PC
RS 232

VehicleSystemData Logger

Ethernet Pit Network

03 Electronics | Telemetry | 81

Telemetry Unit FM 40

Frequency range

430 to 470 MHz (hardware adjustable)F(center) ± 1 MHz (software
programmable)

Features

Transmission power

1 to 10 W

Receiver sensitivity-116 dBm error detection andforward error correction (FEC)

RF channel bandwidth

12,5 kHz at 9.6 kbps
25 kHz at 19.2 kbps

Data interface

RS232

Data rate

9.6 / 19.2 kbps

Required power supply

10 to 18 V

Max. power consumption

25 W at 14 V

Max. current< 2,5 A

Operation temperature range

0 to 60°C

Connectors and Wires

u

750 g

RF

BNC femaleu

1 to 10 W transmission power

Power / data

CGK SOT 8N35 PN

The FM 40 is a half-duplex radio modem suitable for real-time telemetry transmission from a car on the racetrack.
The unit is offered in different hardware versions forseveral frequency bands in the 430 to 470 MHz range.
Within the selected band, the transmission frequency issoftware programmable in a ±1 MHz range. The high RF
output power of up to 10 W gives excellent range andgood track coverage.
From the data acquisition system transmit data is fed into the FM 40 via a RS232 interface. Typically the FM 40
is operated as an unidirectional telemetry transmitter.
For other applications, half duplex bidirectional operation is also possible.

Application
International standard

I-ETS 300 220, ETS 300 113,
FCC

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

151 x 138 x 28 mm

Weight720 g

Housing with LED indicators
Car antenna compatible to existing Bosch telemetry systems.
Max. vibration

60 m/s2 at 20 Hz to 2 kHz

Electrical Data
Half duplex radio modem (bidirectional)Internal data buffer and protocol management

Ordering Information
Telemetry Unit FM 40
Order number B 261 208 898-01

3

82 | 03 Electronics | Telemetry

Pit Receiver Box

Communication

2 x 10 / 100 Mbit ethernet

Power consumption

10 W

Connectors and Wires

3

Data and power connector

Motorsport type

Antenna connector

BNC (Jack) 50 Ω

Package Parts
Box
48 V power supply

Ordering Information
Pit Receiver Box
Order number F 02U V01 460-01

Dimensions
The Pit Receiver Box integrates all electronic components necessary to receive telemetry data from a car
equipped with a FM 40 transmitter in one weatherproof
package. Typically the receiver box is mounted on thepit roof as close as possible to the RX antenna, thus
minimizing cable loss. The connection wire to the receiving PC in the garage, which can be up to 50 m long, also
supplies power to the Pit Receiver Box.
The Pit Receiver Box contains 1 to 4 UHF receivers fed
by a single RX antenna and low noise filter amplifier(LNA). This enables parallel telemetry data reception
from up to 4 cars, provided transmitters need to operate in the same 2 MHz frequency band.
The Box is equipped with dual Ethernet port for redundant Ethernet wire to the pit or for connection to a directional link (relay station).

Splitter

LNA

UHF Modem 1

UHF Modem 2

UHF Modem 3

UHF Modem 4

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight4.2 kgSize

330 x 280 x 180 mm

Max. distance receiver box to PC(with F 020 V01 440-01

50 m

Working temperature range-20 to 50°C

Electrical Data
Frequency range

400 to 470 MHz

Working frequency bandfc ±1 MHz

Channel spacing

12.5/25 kHz

Sensitivity≤ -116 dBm at BER 10-3

Serial interface

RS232 (19.2 kBit/s, no parity, 8
data bit, 1 stop bit, no flow control)

Radio data rate

19.2 kbps (25 kHz channel)
9.6 kbps (12.5 kHz channel)

Operating voltage

20 to 50 V

Ethernet
Interface

Connector to
Relay
Directional Link
Ethernet #1

Power Supply
ModuleConnector toTelemetry Server
Power Supply
Ethernet #2

Scheme Pit Receiver Box

Connector to
Antenna

03 Electronics | Telemetry | 83

Pit Receiver Package

3

The Pit Receiver Package contains everything that is required to start operation.

Technical Specifications
Package Parts
Pit Receiver Box (2 channels)

F 02U V01 460-01

HF antenna wire (8 m)

B 261 209 493-01

Rod antenna pit 7 dbi (2 m)

B 261 208 867-01

Ethernet and power wire (50 m)

F 020 V01 440-01

Ethernet and power injection
wire (1.5 m)

B 261 209 744-01

Telescopic aerial mast (7.7 m)

B 261 208 873-01

Ordering Information
Pit Receiver Package
Order number on request

84 | 03 Electronics | Telemetry3

04 Injection and Ignition

4

Diesel System Components

86

Injection Valves

88

Fuel Pumps

106

Fuel Pressure Regulators

119

Ignition Coils

130

Ignition Modules165

86 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Diesel System Components

Diesel System Components• The base output level and the desired output level
for the engine• If it is originally equipped with Bosch components:
the part numbers of the Bosch components• Alternatively the car / engine manufacturer partnumber of the original injection system.
NoticeIf your engine is originally equipped with Bosch
components, modifications will be easier thanreplacing third party components.

4

NoticeWe reserve the right to assess a fee for applications where the component specification requires an extraordinary amount of time.

Featuresu

Modification of Common Rail systemsuDifferent modification levels availableu

All hydraulic parts available

The geometry and characteristics of Diesel engine components are more dependent upon the application thanthose for gasoline engines. A single injector design will
not fit all Diesel engines due to varying mechanical andnozzle geometry requirements. In addition, the injection
system can vary from year to year even within the same
make of car.
Bosch Motorsport uses the same Common Rail technology for racing that was developed for production vehicle
applications. This includes both solenoid (magnetic)
technology and the latest cutting-edge piezo technology.
Bosch Motorsport can offer a wide variety of modifications to fit the system to your specifications. These
modifications include:• Definition of suitable base components from other(or larger) engine applications.
• Adaptation of components for mating, fit and orientation to suit the selected application.
• Flow enhancement of injectors and rails.
• Injector nozzle adaptation (flow rate, number ofholes, spray cone angle etc.).
Our goal is to offer the best balance of cost and performance for your application. This is why we offer different levels of modifications to choose from. Below is
an example of the different levels for a 4-cylinder engine
with 4 injectors, 1 high pressure pump and a single fuelrail:

Installation Notes
When contacting us for more information on our Diesel
components, please have the following information
ready so that we may best determine components required for your application:• The base engine / the car where this engine originally is installed• Model year and type of car / engine

04 Injection and Ignition | Diesel System Components | 87

Dimensions

4

Common Rail
Pumps

CP1H, CP3, CP4

RailsMax. 6 cyl./bankPressure Sensors

RDS

Injectors

CRI 2 (Solenoid),
CRI 3 (Piezo)

Pressure Control
ValvesDRVMax. 2,400 bar

Max. 2,400 bar

88 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Injection Valve EV 6

Coil resistance

1.2 to 16 ΩFuel compatibility

E85 / M100
(after Methanol-operating thevalves must be flushed with normal gasoline-fuel)Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 16.5 V

Connectors and Wires

4

Connectors

Jetronic, Sumitomo, Motorsport
connectors

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.
Injectors with low resistance are only supplied with a peak and holdpower stage.

FeaturesuSingle beam or twin beamu

Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 962 cm3/minuSpray angle 15 to 70°

EV 6 injection valves are designed to inject the fuel as
efficiently as possible into the intake manifold runner toachieve a homogeneous distribution of fuel in air flow.
EV 6 injection valves feature high corrosion resistanceand excellent engine start characteristics. The hydraulicconnections of the Bosch injection valves EV 6, EV 12
and EV 14 are compatible.

Application

Ordering Information
EV 6 CS, 116 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 156 194
EV 6 CL, 261 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 155 868
EV 6 EL, 261 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 155 830
EV 6 ES, 269 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 156 063
EV 6 CS, 310 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 156 012

Fuel Filter Requirements
Particle size

≥ 5 μmEV 6 CS, 658 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 434 499-02

Max. particle size

35 μm

Accessories

Separation rate

≥ 82 %

Clip for locking bush of plastic
Order number 2 431 314 004

Technical Specifications

Clip for locking bush of steel
Order number 2 431 314 011

Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 8 bar

Weight≤ 55 gFuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing designStandard (S), Long (L)Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

134 to 962 cm³/min
92 to 658 g/min

Spray angle α

15 to 70°

Bent angle γ

0 to 20°

04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 89

Dimensions

4

Spray Illustrations

EV 6 Standard

90 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves4

EV 6 Long

Mounting Instructions EV 6 Standard

04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 91

4

Mounting Instructions EV 6 Long

92 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

EV 6 Variations
Variations of production type valves

4

Part Nr.

0 280 156 194

0 280 155 868

0 280 155 830

0 280 156 063

0 280 156 012

Flow rate/min

116 g/170 cm3261 g/382 cm3261 g/382 cm3269 g/393 cm3310 g/453 cm3

Type

C

C

E

E

C

Housing

S

L

L

S

S

α80

15°

15°

20°

15°

20°

γ

0°

0°

0°

10°

5°

δ

-

-

90°

270°

90°

Resistance

14.5 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request
Variation of Motorsport valves
Part Nr.

B 280 434 499-02

Flow rate/min

658 g/962 cm3

Type

C

Housing

S

α80

25°

γ

0°

δ

-

Resistance

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request.

04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 93

Injection Valve EV 12

Coil resistance

11 to 16 ΩFuel compatibility

E85 / M100
(after Methanol-operating thevalves must be flushed with normal gasoline-fuel)Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 16.5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

Jetronic, Sumitomo, Motorsport
connectors

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.

Features

Ordering InformationuSingle beam or twin beamu

Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,023 cm3/minuSpray angle 5 to 60°

uWith extension

EV 12 ES, 120 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 157 002
EV 12 ES, 193 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 157 012

EV 12 injection valves are designed to inject the fuel as
efficiently as possible into the intake manifold runner toachieve a homogeneous distribution of fuel in air flow.
There is only one injector body size for the EV 12. Various delivery rates and spray-angles are available. The injection valves EV 6, EV 12 and EV 14 are compatible.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 8 bar

Weight40 g

Installation length

48 mm (total 81 mm)

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing designStandard with extension

Housing color

Black or grey

Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

146 to 1,023 cm³/min
59 to 670 g/min

Spray angle α

5 to 60°

Bent angle γ

0 to 17°

EV 12 ES, 217 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 155 897
EV 12 ES, 310 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 157 000
Accessories
Clip for locking bush of plastic
Order number 2 431 314 004
Clip for locking bush of steel
Order number 2 431 314 011

494 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Dimensions

4

Spray Illustrations

04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 95

4

Mounting Instructions

96 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

EV 12 Variations
Variations of production type valves

4

Part Nr.

0 280 157 002

0 280 157 012

0 280 155 897

0 280 157 000

Flow rate/min

120 g/175 cm3

193 g/282 cm3

217 g/317 cm3

310 g/453 cm3

Type

E

E

E

E

Housing

S

S

S

S

α

15°

15°

15°

15°

γ

10°

10°

10°

10°

δ

270°

270°

270°

270°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request.

04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 97

Injection Valve EV 14

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 16.5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

Jetronic, Sumitomo, Motorsport
connectors

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.

Ordering Information
EV 14 CL, 116 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 110
EV 14 ES, 116 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 200

Features

EV 14 CL, 150 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 107uConical spray or 2-sprayu

Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,462 cm3/minuSpray angle 15 to 85°uWith or without extension

EV 14 injection valves are the latest revision of the EV 6
injection valve technology. EV 14 xT are the latest revision of the EV 12.
EV 14 is designed for a wide range of flow rates andspray patterns. Compact size and three standard versions simplify mounting in a variety of applications.

Technical Specifications

EV 14 ES, 150 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 013
EV 14 CKxT, 237 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 038
EV 14 EL, 237 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 116
EV 14 CS, 387 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 038-09
EV 14 CS, 387 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 038-10
EV 14 ESxT, 429 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 123

Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 8 bar

Weight≤ 30 g

Installation lengths

33.6, 48.65 or 60.65 mm

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing design

Compact (C), Standard (S),Long (L)Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

146 to 1,462 cm³/min
116 to 1,000 g/min

Spray angle α

15 to 85°

Bent angle γ

0 to 15°

Coil resistanceSee variations

Fuel compatibility

E85 / M100
(after Methanol-operating thevalves must be flushed with normal gasoline-fuel)EV 14 CS, 503 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 038-08
EV 14 CS, 503 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 038-07
EV 14 CKxT, 670 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0 280 158 040
EV 14 CS, 670 g/min n-heptane
Order number B 280 436 487-01
Accessories
Clip for locking bush of plastic
Order number 2 431 314 021
Clip for locking bush of steel
Order number 2 431 314 018

498 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Dimensions

4

Spray Illustrations

Housing Variations

04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 994

100 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

4

Mounting Instructions

04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 101

EV 14 Variations
Variations of production type valves
Part Nr.

0 280 158 110

0 280 158 200

0 280 158 107

0 280 158 013

0 280 158 038

Flow rate/min

116 g/170 cm3

116 g/170 cm3

150 g/219 cm3150 g/219 cm3

237 g/347 cm3

Type

C

E

C

E

C

Housing

L

S

L

S

KxT

α

15°

15°

20°

19°

20°

γ

0°

0°

0°

0°

0°

δ

0°

90°

0°

90°

0°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

Part Nr.

0 280 158 116

0 280 158 123

0 280 158 040

Flow rate/min

237 g/347 cm3429 g/627 cm3670 g/980 cm3

Type

E

E

C

Housing

L

SxT

KxT

α

22°

25°

30°

γ

5°

0°

0°

δ

90°

90°

0°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request
Variations of Motorsport valves
Part Nr.

B 280 436 038-07

B 280 436 038-08

B 280 436 038-09

B 280 436 038-10

B 280 436 487-01

Flow rate/min

503 g/736 cm3503 g/736 cm3387 g/566 cm3387 g/566 cm3670 g/980 cm3

Type

C

C

C

C

C

Housing

S

S

S

S

S

α

70°

25°

70°

25°

30°

γ

0°

0°

0°

0°

0°

δ

-

-

-

-

0°

Resistance

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request.

4

102 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

4

Features

68 g

Diameter

20.7 mm

Length87 mm

Flow rate at 100 bar (n-heptane)

up to 1,500 cm3/min

Number of holes

4 to 7 holes (typical)

Spray typeMulti hole

Spray angle overall

110° (typical)

Spray angle single beam

8 to 20°

Static flow tolerance±5 %Dynamic flow tolerance±6 % at ti = 1.5 ms

Leakage≤2.5 mm³/min at 23°C

Electrical Datau

Max. 500 baruMulti holeu

Flow rate at 100 bar: up to 1,500 cm3/min (n-heptane)u

Weight w/o wire

Spray angle 8 to 20°

The HDEV 5.2 is a high pressure injector, which is developed to be used as a port or a direct injector.
The function of the HDEV 5.2 is both to meter out thefuel and to obtain a well-defined mixture of fuel and air.
It is an inward opening solenoid injector which is optimized regarding very short opening and closing times
which ensures a very stable linearity at short injection
times.
The benefit of this injector is a high spray variability concerning spray angle and spray shape. Also the flow rate
can be defined in a big range. Bosch offers the spraytargeting design according to the individual customer requirements. If your application conditions will not matchthe listed performance data, please ask for consultancy
at Bosch Motorsport. In addition to the specific designed sample, Bosch offers cost effective production
HDEV 5.2 on request.

Application

Booster supply

65 to 90 V

Booster current

13.2 A

Booster time

500 μsPower supply

12 V

Pick up current

9.6 A

Pick up time

800 μsHold power supply

12 V

Hold current

3.0 A hysteresis 0.8 A

Coil resistance

1,500 mΩ (ambient temp.)

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector Compact

D 261 205 359-01

Connector Jetronic (wire)

D 261 205 288-01

Connector motorsport (wire)

On request

Pin 1

Pos

Pin 2

Gnd

Installation Notes

Application

308 to 1,026 g/min at 100 bar(typical)

The injector has to be supplied by a Bosch Motorsport Power Stage
Unit (e.g. HPI 5 or HPI 1.16).

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Listed electrical values may vary according to the application.

Fuel

Gasoline

Operating pressure

Up to 500 bar

The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or chemically), if the tip will
not be damaged.

Operating temperature range-31 to 130°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Ordering Information

Max. vibration

600 m/s²

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2
Order number on request

Do not use supersonic cleaning.

04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 103

Dimensions

4

Spray variations, further variations on request

104 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2
LC

4

Features

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

Max. 221.5 g

Diameter

20.7 mm

Length standard version

185 mmLength short version

173 mmFlow rate at 100 bar (n-heptane)

Up to 1,500 cm3/min

Number of holes

4 to 7 holes (typical)

Spray typeMulti hole

Spray angle overall

110° (typical)

Spray angle single beam

8 to 20°

Static flow tolerance±5 %Dynamic flow tolerance±6 % at ti = 1.5 ms

Leakage≤2.5 mm³/min at 23°C

Electrical Datau

Max. 500 baruMulti holeu

Flow rate at 100 bar: up to 1,500 cm3/min (n-heptane)uTechnical Specifications

Spray angle 8 to 20°

The HDEV 5.2 LC is a high pressure injector, which isdeveloped to be used as a port or a direct injector.
The function of the HDEV 5.2 LC is both to meter out
the fuel and to obtain a well-defined mixture of fuel andair. It is an inward opening solenoid injector which is
optimized regarding very short opening and closing
times which ensures a very stable linearity at short injection times.
The benefit of this injector is a high spray variability concerning spray angle and spray shape. Also the flow rate
can be defined in a big range. Bosch offers the spraytargeting design according to the individual customer requirements. If your application conditions will not matchthe listed performance data, please ask for consultancy
at Bosch Motorsport. In addition to the specific designed sample, Bosch offers cost effective production
HDEV 5.2 LC on request.

Application

Booster supply

65 to 90 V

Booster current

13.2 A

Booster time

500 μsPower supply

12 V

Pick up current

9.6 A

Pick up time

800 μsHold power supply

12 V

Hold current

3.0 A hysteresis 0.8 A

Coil resistance

1,500 mΩ (ambient temp.)

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector Compact

On request

Connector Jetronic (wire)

D 261 205 288-01

Connector motorsport (wire)

On request

Pin 1

Pos

Pin 2

Gnd

Installation Notes

Application

308 to 1,026 g/min at 100 bar(typical)

The injector has to be supplied by a Bosch Motorsport Power Stage
Unit (e.g. HPI 5 or HPI 1.16).

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Listed electrical values may vary according to the application.

Fuel

Gasoline

Operating pressure

Up to 500 bar

The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or chemically), if the tip will
not be damaged.

Operating temperature range-31 to 130°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

600 m/s²

Do not use supersonic cleaning.

04 Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 105

Ordering Information
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 LC
Order number on request

Dimensions

4

Spray variations, further variations on request

Standard version

Short version

106 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump FP 100

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

6.0 ± 0.5 A

Characteristic

4

Surface coating

None

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

External

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

Featuresu>100 l/h

u

725 g

u

Max. 5 baruFuel line screwed

The FP 100 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 100 l/h at 5 bar. Bio-fuel canbe delivered up to E85 (shortens lifetime).
The main benefit of the FP 100 over a production typepump is the high delivery rate.

Application
Fuel pressure

5 bar

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C

118 ± 3 l/h at 14 V

Pressure limiting valve

7 to 12.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

E85

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M4/-M5

Electrical matting connector

With ring wire M4 and M5

Mechanical connector intake
side

M16x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Installation Notes

Technical Specifications

With E26/E85 or Diesel fuel run-time max. 500 h.

Mechanical Data

For technical reasons the values may vary.

Diameter

54 mm

Please use within the specified limit values only.

Length185 mmWeight725 gPlease find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Mounting

Clamping

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 100
Order number Y 580 701 456-03

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 107

Dimensions

4108 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump FP 165

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

11.0 ± 2 A

Characteristic

4

Surface coating

None

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

Internal

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

Featuresu>165 l/h

u

980 g

u

Max. 5 baruFuel lines screwed

The FP 165 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 165 l/h at 5 bar. Bio-fuel canbe delivered up to E85 (shortens lifetime!).
The FP 165 is a production type fuel pump, combining
good quality at a low price.

Application
Fuel pressure

5 bar

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C

205 ± 5 l/h at 14 V

Pressure limiting valve

7 to 12.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

E85

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Technical Specifications

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M4/-M5

Electrical matting connector

with ring wire M4 and M5

Mechanical connector intake
side

M14x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Installation Notes
With E26/E85 or Diesel fuel run-time max. 500 h.

Mechanical Data

For technical reasons the values may vary.

Diameter

60 mm

Length168 mmWeight980 g

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Mounting

Clamping

Ordering Information

Please use within the specified limit values only.

Fuel Pump FP 165
Order number 0 580 254 979

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 109

Dimensions4110 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump FP 200

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

14 ± 1 A

Load current at 8 bar and 22°C

15 ± 1 A

Characteristic

4

Featuresu>200 l/h

u1,030 guMax. 5 bar/8 baruFuel lines screwed

The FP 200 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation outside or inside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 200 l/h at 5 bar (8 bar). Biofuel can be delivered up to E85 (shortens lifetime!).
The FP 200 is one of the most popular aftermarket fuelpumps and has an excellent price.

Application
Fuel pressure

5 bar or 8 bar

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22°C

260 ± 5 l/h at 14 V

Delivery rate at 8 bar and 22°C

220 ± 5 l/h at 14 V

Pressure limiting valve

10 to 12.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

E85

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

60 mm

Length196 mmWeight

1,030 gMounting

Clamping

Surface coating

None

Color

Silver

Non-return valve

External

Fuel filtering

External, on pressure side

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 111

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M6/-M5

Electrical matting connector

With ring wire M6 and M5

Mechanical connector intake
side

M18x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Installation Notes
With E26/E85 or Diesel fuel run-time max. 500 h.
For technical reasons the values may vary.
Please use within the specified limit values only.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 200, 5 bar
Order number 0 580 254 044
Fuel Pump FP 200, 8 bar
Order number B 261 205 413-01

Dimensions

4112 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Fuel Pump LPx-F1

Sucking/intake side

Open pump element

Pressure side

M12x1

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

48 V ± 2 V

Load current

See diagrams

Speed control

PWM

Characteristic

4

Features

Surface coating

Anodization

Color

Blue

Non-return valve

External

Fuel filtering

Possible both sides

Volumeflow> 160 l/h at 7 bar (g)

300,0

u

325 g

250,0

u

Max. 8 bar (g)

200,0

u

Brushless motoru

PWM speed controlled

Volumeflow [l/h]u

4 bar(g)5 bar(g)150,06 bar(g)7 bar(g)100,08 bar(g)50,0

The fuel pump LPx-F1 was developed to feed the highpressure fuel pumps. It is for in tank installation.
The speed controller is integrated and needs a PWM signal from the ECU. The supply voltage is 48 V.

Application

0,0
3000

3500

4000

4500

5000

5500

6000

6500

Speed [rpm]

Pump
speed
[rpm]

Pressure [bar(g)]

3000

81,3

70,8

58,0

46,1

32,7

l/h

3500

117,3

102,0

87,2

73,8

61,9

l/h

4000

149,4

133,9

119,3

105,2

93,2

l/h

80°C

4500

182,2

167,0

152,3

138,3

125,2

l/h

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

5000

216,2

200,7

186,5

172,8

158,9

l/h

Max. vibration

See vibration profile 1

5500

249,2

234,0

220,1

206,4

192,8

l/h

Max. dry run time

< 5 min

6000

279,8

264,7

249,6

233,9

218,2

l/h

Duration for pressure build up< 200 ms from (0 … 160 l/h at 8
bar abs at T_fuel = 65°C)

6500

281,8

265,8

250,2

235,0

219,7

l/h

Fuel pressure< 8 bar (g)Delivery rate at 22°C

> 160 l/h at 7 bar (g) (120 W)

Max. delivery rate

> 260 l/hMax. temperature fuel

65°C

Max. ambient temperature

Fuel compatibility

4 bar(g) 5 bar(g) 6 bar(g) 7 bar(g) 8 bar(g)Current

Gasoline, more on request

4,00
3,50

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Pump

50 (25) mm x 125 mm

Electronic

47 x 60 x 20 mm

Current [A]

3,00
2,50
4 bar(g)5 bar(g)2,00

6 bar(g)1,50
7 bar(g)Weight325 g

Housing

Aluminum

8 bar(g)

1,00
0,50
0,00
3000

3500

4000

4500

5000

Speed [rpm]

5500

6000

6500

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 113

Pump
speed
[rpm]

Pressure [bar(g)]

3000

1,01

1,14

1,32

1,50

1,65

A

3500

1,21

1,39

1,56

1,67

1,91

A

4000

1,40

1,57

1,80

1,94

2,21

A

4500

1,55

1,75

2,02

2,25

2,51

A

5000

1,83

2,05

2,33

2,57

2,90

A

5500

2,07

2,41

2,65

2,90

3,18

A

6000

2,47

2,64

2,93

3,27

3,45

A

6500

2,48

2,64

3,04

3,31

3,52

A

4 bar(g) 5 bar(g) 6 bar(g) 7 bar(g) 8 bar(g)Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector

ASL 0-06-05PA-HE-952K

Electrical matting connector

on request

Pin 1

Ubatt (48 V, 3 A)

Pin 2

PGND

Pin 3

Nc

Pin 4

PWM_IN (10 Hz to 5 kHz, 10–
90 % = 0 … 7,000 rpm pumpspeed)Pin 5

SIG_OUT (optional)

Mechanical connector intake
side

open

Mechanical connector pressure
side

M12x1

Installation Notes
Fuel compatibility with F1 gasoline fuel.
For technical reasons the values may vary.
Please use within the specified limit values only.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump LPx-F1
Order number F 02U V01 745-03

4

114 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Dimensions4

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 115

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5

Flow capacity and max. engine
speed

Depending on cam profile

Nominal pressure Standard version

200 barPossible customization

Features

Rev B (iPRV)

500 bar or customization

Rev C (EVO)= Rev B+ reduced internal restrictions+ introduction of EVO parts (outlet valve)

Rev D (Piston)= Rev C+ bigger piston diameter

Flange hole circle diameter

66 mm or 75 mm

Flange orientation

freeElectrical connector orientation

45° or customization

Hydraulic connection design

M14 x 1.5 or customization

Hydraulic connection orientation

LP 240° or customization, HP
180° or customizationu

200 bar or moreuMax. 1.1 cm3/rotcam

WeightApprox. 780 g

uIntegrated Flow Control Valve

Supply pressure

4 to 7 baruInternal Pressure Relief Valve

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

u

780 g

Storage temperature-40 to 70°C

Compatible fuels

Unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

Max. vibration

600 m/s2

The HDP 5 is a compact high pressure single piston
pump. The design allows achieving a big delivery volume
as well as high efficiency, as needed in motorsport applications. Modifications in the number of cam lobes
and cam lifts allow different flow requirements to be addressed.
The HDP 5 is equipped with an internal pressure relief
valve to limit the maximum fuel pressure. It does not require a fuel return line into the fuel tank.
The pump has an integrated demand control for metering the amount of fuel supplied into the high pressure
fuel system. It can be ordered with a compact connector
or a motorsport connector.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g. fuelconsumption over rotation ratio) we recommend different types of tappets, piston springs and cam profiles.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft
speed depend on cam profile and type of tappet.

Application
For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector design

Series wire + compact connector
Series wire + motorsport connector
Motorsport wire + open end
Motorsport wire + motorsport
connector

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.

Technical Specifications

Select the cam profile on fuel consumption requirements.

Mechanical Data

Avoid interference with FCV and hydraulic connections at flange orientation.

Mass flow

Please see extra sheet

Efficiency

Please see extra sheet

Body design

SeriesAvoid interference with flange at electrical connector orientation.
Please specify the electrical connector design and the wire length withyour order.

4

116 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Ordering Information
Standard version
Series wire + compact connector
Order number F 02U V00 912-02
Standard version
Series wire + motorsport connector
Order number F 02U V01 114-02
Rev B (iPRV)
Order number on request

4

Rev C (EVO)
Order number on request
Rev D (Piston)
Order number on request
Accessories
Flat tappet (26 mm)
Order number F 02U V01 156-01
Roller tappet (26 mm)
Order number F 02U V01 163-01

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 117

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW

Flow capacity and max. engine
speed

Depending on cam profile

Nominal pressure

500 bar or customization

Possible customization

Features

Rev C (EVO)= Rev B+ reduced internal restrictions+ introduction of EVO parts (outlet valve)

Rev D (Piston)= Rev C+ bigger piston diameter

Flange hole circle diameter

66 mm or 75 mm

Flange orientation

Free

Electrical connector orientation

0° or customization

Hydraulic connection design

M14 x 1.5 or customization

WeightApprox. 585 g

Supply pressure

4 to 7 baruMax. 500 bar

Operating temperature-40 to 120°CuMax. 1.1 cm3/rotcam

Storage temperature-40 to 70°C

uIntegrated Flow Control Valve

Compatible fuels

Unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15uInternal Pressure Relief Valve

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

u

585 g

Max. vibration

600 m/s2

The HDP 5-LW is a compact high pressure single piston
pump with a light weight housing. The design allows
achieving a big delivery volume as well as high efficiency, as needed in motorsport applications. Modificationsin the number of cam lobes and cam lifts allow different
flow requirements to be addressed.
The HDP 5-LW is equipped with an internal pressure relief valve to limit the maximum fuel pressure. This pumpdoes not require a fuel return line into the fuel tank.
The pump has an integrated demand control for metering the amount of fuel supplied into the high pressure
fuel system. It can be ordered with a compact connector
or a motorsport connector.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g. fuelconsumption over rotation ratio) we recommend different types of tappets, piston springs and cam profiles.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft
speed depend on cam profile and type of tappet.

Application

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector design

Series wire + compact connector
Series wire + motorsport connector
Motorsport wire + open end
Motorsport wire + motorsport
connector

Hydraulic connection orientation

Fixed

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.
Select the cam profile on fuel consumption requirements.

For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection

Technical Specifications

Avoid interference with FCV and hydraulic connections at flange orientation.
Avoid interference with flange at electrical connector orientation.

Mechanical Data
Mass flow

Please see extra sheet

Efficiency

Please see extra sheet

Body design

Ligthweight

Please specify the electrical connector design and the wire length withyour order.

Ordering Information
Rev B (iPRV)
Order number on request

4

118 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Rev C (EVO)
Order number on request
Rev D (Piston)
Order number on request
Accessories
Flat tappet (26 mm)
Order number F 02U V01 156-01
Roller tappet (26 mm)
Order number F 02U V01 163-01

4

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 119

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Installation Notes
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before
you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline
is not allowed.
Using the FPR Adaptor F 02U V00 735-02 you can rebuild the regulator an inline type.

FeaturesThis pressure regulator is not designed for in-tank mounting.

u

5 to 10 bar

Ordering Informationu

All versions Methanol compatibleu30 to 400 l/h reflow

Pressure Range 5 bar
Order number F 02U V02 166-01

uAdjusted at 105 l/hu

Aluminum housing

Pressure Range 5.5 bar
Order number F 02U V02 167-01

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
We offer this regulator for gasoline as well as for methanol applications.
The main benefit of this regulator includes a higher
pressure range and a higher return flow rate in comparison to the production type regulators.

Pressure Range 6 bar
Order number F 02U V02 168-01
Pressure Range 6.5 bar
Order number F 02U V02 169-01
Pressure Range 7 bar
Order number F 02U V02 170-01
Pressure Range 8 bar
Order number F 02U V02 171-01

Application
Pressure range

See ordering information

Reflow quantity

30 to 400 l/h

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M100

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Variations
Please see Ordering Information

Mechanical Data
Diameter

38.1+0.1-0.2 mm

WeightCa. 61 g

Mounting

Fastening with a clip

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring 25x2.5

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.1 mm, O-ring 5x2.5

Pressure Range 10 bar
Order number F 02U V02 172-01
FPR Adaptor
Order number F 02U V00 735-02

4120 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

4

Complete dimensions on offer drawing at www.bosch-motorsport.com

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 121

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A

Installation Notes
The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference
pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, air box
pressure or manifold pressure.
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before
you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline
is not allowed.

FeaturesThis pressure regulator is not designed for in-tank mounting.
u

2.2 to 3.5 bar/3.5 to 5 baruPressure adjustableu

15 to 220 l/h reflowu

Sheet steel housing

Ordering Information
2.2 to 3.5 bar
Order number B 280 550 340-03

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
This regulator based on a production type regulator was
specially designed for motorsport applications.
The main benefit of this regulator is the adjustability of
the fuel pressure.

Application
Pressure range

2.2 to 3.5 bar
3.5 to 5.0 bar

Reflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M15

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<400 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight58 g

Mounting

Fastening with a clip

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ring

3.5 to 5 bar
Order number B 280 550 341-03
Accessories
FPR Adaptor
Order number F 02U V00 735-01

4

122 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

4

Installation Recommendation

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 123

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ringInstallation Notes
The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference
pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, air box
pressure or manifold pressure.
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before
you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline
is not allowed.

FeaturesThis pressure regulator is not designed for in-tank mounting.

u

5 bar

Ordering Informationu

15 to 220 l/h reflowuAdjusted at 105 l/h

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5
Order number 0 280 B02 722-02

u

Sheet steel housing

Accessories

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
We modified this production type based regulator especially for motorsport use and increased the pressure level.
The main benefit of this regulator include the competitively priced high quality and the high return flow rate.

Application
Pressure range

5 bar

Reflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M15

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight48.5 gMounting

Fastening with a clip

Characteristic
Set pressure accuracy±2 % at 105 l/h

FPR Adaptor
Order number F 02U V00 735-01

4

124 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions4

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 125

4

Installation Recommendation

126 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

FPR Adaptor

4

Featuresu

Aluminum housinguFits to production type regulators and Motorsport
regulators (FPR Mini 2, Mini 38, Mini 5, Mini A)

This adaptor offers the opportunity to convert a railpressure regulator into an inline pressure regulator. The
adaptor is able to hold a production type regulator aswell as a motorsport regulator. Delivery without regulator.

Application
Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85/M100

Operating temperature range-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

50 mm

Length100 mmWeight

170 g

Mounting

Screw fastening with M6 screws

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

2 x M14 x 1.5

Connector reflow

M14 x 1.5

Ordering Information
FPR Adaptor
Order number F 02U V00 735-02

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 127

Dimensions

4128 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

HP Control Valve DSV

HP Control Valve DSVBosch Compact connector
Order number 0 261 540 011
HP Control Valve DSV
Connector ASL 1-06-05SB-HE, flying lead
Order number B 261 209 805-02

4FeaturesuWorking range 10 to 250 baru

Aluminum housing

The DSV is specially designed for regulation of pressurein the common rail of high pressure injection systems.

Application
Pressure range

10 to 250 bar

Flow quantity

Max. 220 l/h

Operating temperature range-20 to 130°C

Max. temperature of location

140°C (max. 5 min)Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight

135 g

Size

32 x 54 x 56 mm

Housing

Aluminum

Electrical Data
Operating voltage

6.5 to 18 V

Operation current

Imax = 2.2 A

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see Ordering Information

Ordering Information
HP Control Valve DSV
Without connector, flying lead
Order number B 261 209 806-02

04 Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 129

Dimensions

4130 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil PS-T

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 27 kV

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Power stage

Integrated

Characteristic

4

Measured with power stage

BIP 355

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
4-pole Compact

D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GNDu

Max. 27 kV

Pin 3Engine GND

uMax. 42 mJ

Pin 4

Ubatt

u

Max. 1.5 kV/µs

uMax. 10,000 1/min

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

This pencil coil is a basic low cost concept designed forcylinder head installation.
The coil PS-T has an integrated transistor and requires
an ECU with internal ignition drivers.
The coil is only designed for spark plug shaft mounting.
It is a basic concept for ignition applications.

Application

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

2.90

4.20

6.30

14.4

-

-

8V

1.83

2.45

3.17

4.10

5.10

6.20

Spark energy≤ 42 mJ

10 V

1.33

1.74

2.18

2.68

3.16

3.49

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

12 V

1.05

1.35

1.68

2.02

2.33

2.53

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

14 V

0.86

1.11

1.35

1.62

1.85

1.99

16 V

0.73

0.93

1.14

1.35

1.54

1.65

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

20 V

0.56

0.71

0.86

1.02

1.15

1.23

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s at 5 to 2,500 Hz

22 V

0.50

0.64

0.77

0.91

1.02

1.09

Technical Specifications

24 V

0.46

0.58

0.70

0.82

0.92

0.98

Mechanical Data

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

2

Diameter

22 mm

Weight202 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.5 kV/µs

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 131

4

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-currant

Hi voltage

4A

15.0 mJ

0.650 ms

46 mA

15.6 kV

5A

22.8 mJ

0.793 ms

62 mA

19.3 kV

6A

30.2 mJ

0.904 ms

73 mA

22.7 kV

7A

38.2 mJ

1.010 ms

84 mA

26.0 kV

8A

47.9 mJ

1.101 ms

96 mA

28.8 kV

9A

52.9 mJ

1.130 ms

100 mA

30.2 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil PS-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition drivers, e.g. MS 4.x or MS 4.x Sport.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil PS-T
Order number 0 221 604 103

132 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions4

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 133

Single Fire Coil P50/P50-M

Mechanical Data
WeightPlease see Variations

Mounting

Pluggable

Electrical Data

Features

Primary resistance with wire

370 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 3.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 92 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.15 ms

Noise suppression

With spark plug connector

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

4uMax. 35 kV

CharacteristicuMax. 50 mJ

Measured with power stageuMax. 3.0 kV/µs

Connectors and WiresuHigh voltage contacting via high voltage wire andspark plug connector possible

Connector

Bosch CompactuMax. 10,000 1/min

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition power stage

Pin 2

Engine GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

The single fire coil P50 is a low cost concept designed
for direct mounting to the cylinder head. A high voltage
ignition wire can optionally be connected to the secondary output terminal.
The coil P50 requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages for each single fire coil.
The coil P50-M is specifically for motorsport applications. This coil is operable in higher vibration environments.

Application

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d=10 mm

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Spark energy≤ 50 mJ

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration

Please see Variations

Ubatt

Technical Specifications
Variations
P50

P50-M

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at
5 to 2,000 Hz≤ 800 m/s2 at
5 to 2,000 Hz

Weight

223 g

265 g

Spark plug connector-+

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

10 A

6V

3.84

4.93

6.2

7.7

9.5

11.2

8V

2.54

3.14

3.81

4.51

5.17

5.61

10 V

1.9

2.33

2.76

3.21

3.62

3.87

12 V

1.51

1.84

2.17

2.51

2.8

2.97

14 V

1.26

1.52

1.79

2.06

2.29

2.42

16 V

1.07

1.3

1.53

1.74

1.93

2.04

18 V

0.94

1.13

1.32

1.51

1.67

1.77

24 V

0.68

0.81

0.95

1.08

1.19

1.26

30 V

0.53

0.63

0.74

0.84

0.93

0.98

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

134 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Coil P50-M
Motorsport version
Order number F 02U V00 869-01
Accessories
Accessory spark plug connector
Order number 1 354 489 085

4Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

22 mJ

0.82 ms

60 mA

26.8 kV

6A

29.7 mJ

0.93 ms

68.5 mA

31.6 kV

7A

37.5 mJ

1.03 ms

77 mA

36.4 kV

8A

46.3 mJ

1.12 ms

87.5 mA

40.9 kV

9A

53 mJ

1.17 ms

97 mA

44.4 kV

10 A

58.4 mJ

1.21 ms

105 mA

46.3 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P50 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Coil P50
Order number 0 221 504 001

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 135

Dimensions

4136 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P65

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kΩ resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

4
FeaturesuMax. 35 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

8.5 A

This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting to the cylinder-head.
The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires
an ECU with internal ignition power stages.

6V

8.74

18.5

8V

4.5

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

10 V

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

Application

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length180 mmSpark energy and provided high voltage

Weight w/o wire

225 g

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

Mounting

Screw fastening

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kVElectrical Data

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

Primary resistance

570 mΩ

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kVHigh voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kVMax. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 2.0 ms

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 137

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65
Order number 0 221 504 024

Dimensions4138 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P65-T

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 33 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.85 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kΩ resistanceIntegrated suppression diode /EFUIntegrated power stage

4

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 385

Connectors and Wires

FeaturesuMax. 33 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)

Connector

Tyco 0-1488991-1

Mating connector

F 02U B00 555-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

Characteristic dwell times [ms]This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting on the cylinder head.
The coil P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires
an ECU with internal ignition drivers.

Application

Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

5.5 A

6.0 A

6.5 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

Max.
1000
/min

10

9

8

7

6

5

6V

10.7

11.6

8V

4.7

5.4

6.8

8.3

10.2

10 V

3.1

3.55

4.25

4.87

5.6

6.3

12 V

2.32

2.66

3.12

3.51

3.94

4.36

14 V

1.86

2.1

2.45

2.75

3.07

3.36

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-40 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 140°C

16 V

1.55

1.77

2.03

2.26

2.51

2.73

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

16.5 V

1.49

1.7

1.95

2.17

2.40

2.61

18 V

1.34

1.51

1.73

1.92

2.13

2.31

20 V

1.16

1.33

1.51

1.67

1.85

2.0

24 V

0.93

1.05

1.19

1.32

1.45

1.57

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length143 mmWeight223 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.4 kV/µs

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 139

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

33.7 mJ

1.37 ms

50 mA

24.4 kV

5.5 A

42 mJ

1.54 ms

54 mA

27.0 kV

6A

48.9 mJ

1.62 ms

59 mA

29.1 kV6.5 A

55.9 mJ

1.74 ms

63 mA

31.2 kV

7A

63.6 mJ

1.85 ms

68 mA

33.2V

7.5 A

71.9 mJ

1.92 ms

73 mA

34.7 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition drivers with 10 to 20 mA current output.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65-T
Order number 0 221 604 024

4140 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions4

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 141

Single Fire Coil P65-E8

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kΩ resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
FeaturesuMax. 35 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min

For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
This coil has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter
d=8 mm.
The coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Dwell time
Ubatt

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length75 to 225 mm

Weight w/o wire

< 270 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

8V

4.5

10 V

8.5 A

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

4

142 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Spark energy and provided high voltage

4

Spark energy
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P65-E8 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65-E8
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V01 702-01

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 143

Dimensions

4144 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P65-E10

4Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kΩ resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
FeaturesuMax. 35 kVuMax. 65 mJuDeveloped for GDI enginesuMax. 10,000 1/min

For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
This coil has no integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition power stages.
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameterd=10 mm.
The coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Dwell time
Ubatt

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length102 to 225 mm

Weight w/o wire

< 270 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

8V

4.5

10 V

8.5 A

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 145

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Spark energy and provided high voltage

4

Spark energy
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P65-E10 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU
with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65-E10
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V01 703-01

146 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions4

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 147

Single Fire Coil P65-TE8High voltage rise time≤ 1.4 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 33 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.85 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kΩ resistanceIntegrated suppression diode /EFU

4Integrated power stage

Characteristic
Measured with internal power
stage

Features

BIP 385

Connectors and WiresuMax. 33 kV

Connector

Tyco 0-1488991-1

uMax. 65 mJ

Mating connector

F 02U B00 555-01

uDeveloped for GDI engines

Pin 1

ECU ignition signaluMax. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)Pin 2

ECU GND

For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The coil P65-TE8 has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA
to 20 mA current output.
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of
8 mm.
The coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Pin 3

Ubatt

Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-40 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 140°C

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length87 to 225 mm

Weight< 270 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

5.5 A

6.0 A

6.5 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

Max.
1000
/min

10

9

8

7

6

5

6V

10.7

11.6

8V

4.7

5.4

6.8

8.3

10.2

10 V

3.1

3.55

4.25

4.87

5.6

6.3

12 V

2.32

2.66

3.12

3.51

3.94

4.36

14 V

1.86

2.1

2.45

2.75

3.07

3.36

16 V

1.55

1.77

2.03

2.26

2.51

2.73

16.5 V

1.49

1.7

1.95

2.17

2.40

2.61

18 V

1.34

1.51

1.73

1.92

2.13

2.31

20 V

1.16

1.33

1.51

1.67

1.85

2.0

24 V

0.93

1.05

1.19

1.32

1.45

1.57

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

148 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65-TE8
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V01 705-01

4
Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

33.7 mJ

1.37 ms

50 mA

24.4 kV

5.5 A

42 mJ

1.54 ms

54 mA

27.0 kV

6A

48.9 mJ

1.62 ms

59 mA

29.1 kV6.5 A

55.9 mJ

1.74 ms

63 mA

31.2 kV

7A

63.6 mJ

1.85 ms

68 mA

33.2V

7.5 A

71.9 mJ

1.92 ms

73 mA

34.7 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P65-TE8 has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU
with internal ignition drivers.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 149

Dimensions

4150 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P65-TE10

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 33 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.85 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kΩ resistanceIntegrated suppression diode /EFUIntegrated power stage

4

Characteristic
Measured with internal powerstage

BIP 385

Connectors and Wires
Features

Connector

Tyco 0-1488991-1

uMax. 33 kV

Mating connector

F 02U B00 555-01

uMax. 65 mJ

Pin 1

ECU ignition signalu

Developed for GDI engines

Pin 2

ECU GNDu

Max. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)

Pin 3

Ubatt

For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The P65-TE10 has an integrated transistor and requires
an ECU with internal ignition drivers with 10 mA to 20
mA current output.
The coil is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter of
10 mm.
The coil benefits from series production ensuring robustness.

Application

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

5.5 A

6.0 A

6.5 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

Max.
1000
/min

10

9

8

7

6

5

6V

10.7

11.6

8V

4.7

5.4

6.8

8.3

10.2

10 V

3.1

3.55

4.25

4.87

5.6

6.3

12 V

2.32

2.66

3.12

3.51

3.94

4.36

14 V

1.86

2.1

2.45

2.75

3.07

3.36

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-40 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 140°C

16 V

1.55

1.77

2.03

2.26

2.51

2.73

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

16.5 V

1.49

1.7

1.95

2.17

2.40

2.61

18 V

1.34

1.51

1.73

1.92

2.13

2.31

20 V

1.16

1.33

1.51

1.67

1.85

2.0

24 V

0.93

1.05

1.19

1.32

1.45

1.57

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length114 to 225 mm

Weight< 270 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.4 kV/µs

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 151

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P65-TE10
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V01 706-01

4
Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

33.7 mJ

1.37 ms

50 mA

24.4 kV

5.5 A

42 mJ

1.54 ms

54 mA

27.0 kV

6A

48.9 mJ

1.62 ms

59 mA

29.1 kV6.5 A

55.9 mJ

1.74 ms

63 mA

31.2 kV

7A

63.6 mJ

1.85 ms

68 mA

33.2V

7.5 A

71.9 mJ

1.92 ms

73 mA

34.7 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil P65-TE10 has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU
with internal ignition drivers.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

152 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions4

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 153

Single Fire Coil S22/S22-T

Features

Pin 2

ECU ignition
power stage
white

ECU ignition
signal yellow

Pin 3

Engine GND
black

ECU GND
blue

Pin 4

Ion current
signal screen
wire white

Engine GND
black

Pin 5

N.a.

Optional ion
current signal
screen wire
white

Measured with power stage

IGBT
IRG4BC40S(Uce = 600 V)

IGBT
IRF5036S(Uce = 400 V)

Operating temperature range atouter core

0 to 160°C

0 to 150°C

uMax. 25 kV

Mechanical Datau

Max. 60 mJ

Diameter

22 mm

uMax. 5.0 kV/µs

Weight150 guMax. 10,000 1/min (higher with reduced dwell
time)

Mounting

Pluggable / pressed

This single fire coil was developed for the use in highperformance engines. It is designed to mount directly on
the spark plug andThis coil optionally provides an ionic current measurement. The coil S22 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages. The
coil S22-T has an integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition drivers.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

Application

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Please see Variations

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 25 kV

Spark current≤ 300 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 0.43 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Spark energy≤ 60 mJ

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Primary current≤ 16 A

Integrated power stage

Please see Variations

Operating temperature range atouter core

Please see Variations

Ionic current signal

Optional

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

Please see Variations

Connectors and Wires

Technical Specifications
Variations

Connector

Open end

Mating connector

-

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2Please see Variations

S22

S22-T

Primary resistance with wire

330 mΩ

Incapable ofmeasurement

Integrated power stage

-

+

Pin 3

Please see Variations

Pin 1

Ubatt red

Ubatt red

Pin 4Please see Variations

Pin 5

Please see Variations

4

154 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 20/22

Wire length L

Max. 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]
Ubatt

4

I primary
8A

10 A

12 A

14 A

15 A

16 A

6V

1.76

2.61

4.61

8V

1.10

1.49

1.99

2.70

3.12

3.74

10 V

0.80

1.08

1.37

1.71

1.91

2.12

12 V

0.62

0.83

1.04

1.27

1.40

1.52

14 V

0.51

0.68

0.84

1.01

1.10

1.19

16 V

0.44

0.53

0.70

0.84

0.91

0.99

20 V

0.34

0.44

0.53

0.63

0.68

0.73

The coil S22-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition drivers.

24 V

0.27

0.35

0.43

0.50

0.54

0.58

For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

Spark energy
Installation Notes

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
The coil S22 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.

Please regard the specified limit values.
Operation with limit values of 16 A can reduce the life time of the ignition coil. In case of permanent operation please use 12 A. This willbring spark energy of 40 mJ.
Please find further application hints at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil S22
Order number 0 221 B00 115-02
Single Fire Coil S22-T
Integrated transistor
Order number 0 221 B00 116-02

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

8A

18.1 mJ

251 µs

150 mA

21.1 kV

10 A

28.3 mJ

305 µs

185 mA

22.7 kV

12 A

39 mJ

353 µs

225 mA

23.6 kV

14 A

50.8 mJ

394 µs

260 mA

24.6 kV

15 A

58 mJ

415 µs

280 mA

24.9 kV

16 A

64 mJ

430 µs

300 mA

25.2 kV

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 155

Dimensions4156 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil C90i-pro

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Ionic current measurement+

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

4
Features

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt reduMax. 40 kV

Pin 2

ECU ignition power stage blueuMax. 90 mJ

Pin 3

Engine GND blackuMax. 5.0 kV/µs

Pin 4

Ionic current signal whiteu

Especially developed for Turbo-GDI engines

Wire length

100 cmuMax. 15,000 1/min

Wire size

AWG 20/22

For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d = 10 mm

This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is designed for direct cylinder head mounting. The C90i-pro
provides the possibility of ionic current measurement.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
high energy capability and a very good provided highvoltage.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Application
Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

Ubatt

I primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

-40 to 100°C

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length168 mmWeight w/o wire

250 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10
pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

17 A

20 A

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 157

4
Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated
ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil C90i-pro
Order number 0 221 B00 256-01

158 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions4

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 159

Single Fire Coil C90i-E8

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise supression

Inductive and 1 kΩ resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

On requestuMax. 40 kV

Mating connector

On requestuMax. 90 mJ

Pin 1

Ubatt reduMax. 5.0 kV/µs

Pin 2

ECU ignition power stage blueu

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8
mm

Pin 3

Engine GND blackuMax. 15,000 1/min

Pin 4

Ionic current signal white

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is designed for direct cylinder head mounting. The C90i-E8
provides the possibility of ionic current measurement.
For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
high energy capability and a very good provided highvoltage.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order

Characteristic dwell times [ms]UbattSpark energy≤ 90 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

I primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

Length80 to 220 mm

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Weight w/o wire

< 270 gMounting

Screw fastening

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

4160 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil C90i-E8
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V01 368-01

4
Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated
ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 161

Dimensions4162 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil C90i-E10

4Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise supression

Inductive and 1 kΩ resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
FeaturesuMax. 40 kVuMax. 90 mJuMax. 5.0 kV/µs

uFits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10mmuMax. 15,000 1/min

This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is designed for direct cylinder head mounting. The C90i-E10
provides the possibility of ionic current measurement.
For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
high energy capability and a very good provided highvoltage.

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Pin 4

Ionic current signal white

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order

Characteristic dwell times [ms]UbattApplication

I primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

-40 to 100°C

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range
Max. vibration

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length114 to 225 mm

Weight w/o wire

< 270 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

17 A

20 A

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance mustbe less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to beverified through current measurement

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 163

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil C90i-E10
Please specify the required wire and spark plug connector length with your order.
Order number F 02U V01 369-01

4
Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between
coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated
ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened sensor
wires.

164 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions4

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules | 165

Ignition Module IM 3.2

Features

Electrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical≤ 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

CharacteristicuMax. 3 cylinders

u

47 g

u

Fits to all MS 4 ECUsu

Especially adapted for Coils PS, P35, P50(-M),
P65, 2x1, 2x2 and 3x2

This module is an external ignition power stage capableof supplying up to three non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU withignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA, e.g.
MS 4 Sport.
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality
production part with good electrical performance toprovide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.

Application

Characteristic dwell time

See characteristic dwell timefrom the ignition coil used

Internal transistor

Triple Darlington

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Jetronic 7-poleMating connector
7-pole Jetronic

F 02U B00 252-01

Pin 1

Collector transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis transistor 1

Pin 3

Collector transistor 2

Pin 4

Gnd

Pin 5

Basis transistor 2

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Pin 6

Collector transistor 3

Clamp voltage

380 ± 30 V

Pin 7

Basis transistor 3

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

Installation Notes

Storage temperature range-40 to 130°C

This ignition module can be used with Coils PS, P35, P50(-M), P65,
2x1, 2x2, 3x2 or comparable coils.

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications

Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.
The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.

Mechanical Data

A heat conductive paste has to be used.

Size

71 x 48 x 21 mm

Weight w/o wire

47 g

This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring washer

Please observe the specified limit values.

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Please do not activate more than one ignition output stage parallel
within a module.

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°C

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

4

166 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules

Ordering Information
Ignition Module IM 3.2
Order number 0 227 100 203

Dimensions4

04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules | 167

Ignition Module IM 4

Electrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical< 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Connectors and Wires
Connector (Coil T1)

Bosch Jetronic 4-poleMating connector
Jetronic 4-pole

D 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Collector transistor 4

Pin 2

Collector transistor 3

Pin 3

Collector transistor 2

Pin 4

Collector transistor 1

Connector (ECU)

Bosch Jetronic 5-pole

This module is an external ignition power stage capableof supplying up to four non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU withignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA, e.g.
MS 4 Sport.
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality
production part with good electrical performance toprovide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.

Mating connector
Jetronic 5-pole

D 261 205 352-01

Pin 1

Basis transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis transistor 2

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

Basis transistor 3

Application

Pin 5

Basis transistor 4

FeaturesuMax. 4 cylinders

u

54 g

u

Fits to all MS 4 ECUsu

Especially adapted for Coils PS, P35, P50(-M),
P65, 2x1, 2x2 and 3x2

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Installation Notes

Clamp voltage

380 ± 30 V

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

This ignition module can be used with Coils PS, P35, P50(-M), P65,
2x1, 2x2, 3x2 or comparable coils.

Storage temperature range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.
The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.
A heat conductive paste has to be used.

Technical Specifications

This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.

Mechanical Data
Size

70.5 x 68 x 20 mm

Weight w/o wire

54 g

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring washer

Please observe the specified limit values.

Ordering Information
Ignition Module IM 4
Order number 0 227 100 211

4168 | 04 Injection and Ignition | Ignition Modules

Dimensions4

05 Alternators/Starter/

5

Actuators

Alternators

170

Starter

180

Electronic Throttle Body

182

Wiper Motor

185

170 | 05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Alternators

Alternator B3

Length w/o pulley

117 mmBattery B+ connection

M8x1.25

Tightening torque at B+

22 Nm

Electrical Data

5

Regulating voltage

14.2 V

Temperature compensation-10 mV/K

High temperature cut off derating-250 mV/K

Excitation resistor (L)Internal (external on request)

Cut-in-speed

3,000 x 1/min

Characteristic

FeaturesuWith multifunctional regulatoru4,800 gu

210 A *uClockwise rotation

The B3 is a powerful 12 V motorsport alternator. It has
an optimized hand wound stator winding (3 phase triangle), high current diodes (special Zener diode chips
from Bosch production to retain load-dumps) and an extra fine balanced rotor with double impregnated winding.
The multifunctional regulator (special Bosch developed
ASIC) controls the alternator output voltage at B + connection. The main benefit of this alternator is the highpower output in a small low weight package. Furthermore it is optimized concerning vibration endurance.

Application
Application

210 A * at 10,000 rpm/90°C

Max. ambient temperature

105°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

Max. ambient temperature(short-term)

120°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

Rotating direction

ClockwiseTechnical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Body material

Cast aluminum

Weight w/o pulley

4.8 kgMax. rotations

18,000 x 1/min

Moment of inertia

22 kg*cm2

Outer diameter w/o screw

136 mmRpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

3,000

40

3,500

93

4,000

125

5,000

162

6,000

182

7,000

193

8,000

201

9,000

206

10,000210

11,000213

12,000215

14,000217

16,000219

18,000222

Please note: Measured with U=13.1 V and t=20 min

05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Alternators | 171

Installation Notes
Ground connection for power and regulator is through the case. Ensure that the case has a high current, low electrical resistance connection to vehicle ground.
Operating the alternator is only permitted with the installed regulator
and a connected 12 V battery (Lithium battery not proved).
The excitation current can also be realized by an external lamp (on request).
Please find further application hints at our homepage.
Rectifier diodes are designed and proved for B+ continuous output
current of 210 A. The alternator is able to support more current, but
this must be restricted for short time to prevent the destroying of rectifier diodes.

Ordering Information
Alternator B3
Order number F 02U V00 646-01

Dimensions

5172 | 05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Alternators

5

05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Alternators | 173

Alternator B3 LIN

Adjustable set values via LIN interface
Outputs of status information via LIN interface

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Body material

Cast aluminum

Weight w/o pulley

4.8 kgMax. rotations

18,000 x 1/min

Moment of inertia

22 kg*cm2

Outer diameter w/o screw

136 mmLength w/o pulley

117 mmBattery B+ connection

M8x1.25

Tightening torque at B+

22 Nm

Electrical Data

Features

Regulating voltage

14.2 VuElectrically and mechanically identical with B3

Temperature compensation-10 mV/Ku

Motorsport optimized LIN2.1 regulator with latest
ASIC technology

High temperature cut off derating-250 mV/K

u4,800 gExcitation resistor (L)Internal (external on request)u

210 A *

Cut-in-speed

3,000 x 1/minu

Clockwise rotation

Characteristic

The B3 LIN is a powerful 12 V motorsport alternator. It
has an optimized hand wound stator winding (3 phase
triangle), high current diodes (special Zener diode chips
from Bosch production to retain load-dumps) and an extra fine balanced rotor with double impregnated winding.
The LIN regulator (special Bosch developed ASIC) controls the alternator output voltage at B + connection.
The main benefit of this alternator is the high power
output in a small low weight package. Furthermore it is
optimized concerning vibration endurance.

Application

Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

3,000

40

3,500

93

4,000

125

5,000

162

6,000

182

7,000

193

8,000

201

Application

210 A * at 10,000 rpm/90°C

9,000

206

Max. ambient temperature

105°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

10,000210Max. ambient temperature(short-term)

120°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

11,000213

12,000215

Rotating direction

Clockwise

14,000217

Fixed frequency regulation with pulse width modulation

16,000219

Stand-by-mode

18,000222

Switching-on via LIN interface

Please note: Measured with U=13.1 V and t=20 min

High side output stage with defined ramp steepness and FET as freewheeling „diode“
Emergency start and default mode

5

174 | 05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Alternators

Installation Notes

5

Ground connection for power and regulator is through the case. Ensure that the case has a high current, low electrical resistance connection to vehicle ground.
Operating the alternator is only permitted with the installed regulator
and a connected 12 V battery (Lithium battery not proved).
The excitation current can also be realized by an external lamp (on request).
Please find further application hints at our homepage.
Rectifier diodes are designed and proved for B+ continuous output
current of 210 A. The alternator is able to support more current, but
this must be restricted for short time to prevent the destroying of rectifier diodes.

Ordering Information
Alternator B3 LIN
Order number F 02U V01 188-04

05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Alternators | 175

Dimensions

5

EMV
C3

LIN

LIN
Master

EMV
U

C1

EMC -circuit
B+

KL 15

B+
C2
DF

G

Regulator -IC

V
B-

Housing
SystemSchematic Diagram

Generator

Electrical176 | 05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Alternators

Alternator GCM1

5

Electrical Data
Rated current

110/130/140 A

Output voltage

13.5 V

Cut-in speed

3,000 x 1/min

CouplingscrewsBattery B+

M6

Tightening torque at B+

14 Nm

Control lamp D+

flat-pin connector, see drawing

Internal D+ resistor

only GCM1 140 A Nascar

Characteristic 110 A

Featuresu3,400 gu

110 to 140 Au

Clockwise or anticlockwise rotationuSpecial light weight aluminum pulley available

This alternator is modified for motorsport demand andsplash protected. The stator windings are handmade
and optimized for higher current output; the rotor is extra fine balanced and double impregnated. The alternators are e.g. used in Nascar series. Clockwise and anticlockwise versions are possible, modifications are available on request.

Application
Ambient temperature range-30 to 90°C

Vibration protectionhigh

Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

2,000

0

2,500

13

3,000

37

3,500

54

4,000

65

5,000

78

6,000

88

7,000

96

8,000

102

9,000

105

10,000108

12,000113

15,000117

18,000120

Installation without rubber mounting.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Case material

aluminum

Weight3,400 gCurrent regulator unit

integrated

Max. rotations

18,000 x 1/min

Diameter

108 mmLength without shaft stub

128 mmDistance between mounting
points154 mmCharacteristic 130 A
Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

2,000

0

2,500

6

05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Alternators | 177

3,000

32

3,500

51

4,000

63

5,000

80

6,000

90

7,000

98

8,000

105

9,000

111

10,000116

12,000121

15,000127

18,000131

Installation Notes
An external cooling can contribute to increase the performance. It will only be effective if the incoming air is
30°Kelvin cooler than the ambient air. Otherwise, the restriction of air flow will negate any cooling benefits. If
these conditions are met, the cooling air should be distributed over the center axis at the rear of the alternator
for optimal cooling. The alternator fans are not able togenerate negative pressure. It is possible to use external
blower to support the alternator. Debris at alternatorcooling area can reduce cooling effect. This could also
shorten the alternator service life. Installation withoutrubber mounting.

Ordering Information
110 A anticlockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 606-02
110 A clockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 607-03

Characteristic 140 A / Nascar
Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

2,000

0

2,500

0

3,000

1

3,500

25

4,000

49

5,000

83

6,000

101

7,000

113

8,000

122

9,000

129

10,000135

12,000144

15,000151

18,000156

130 A anticlockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 604-02
130 A clockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 605-02
140 A anticlockwise rotation
Order number F 01E B01 857-02
140 A clockwise rotation
Order number B 261 208 603-02
140 A Nascar clockwise rotation
Order number F 02U V00 004-05

5

178 | 05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Alternators

Dimensions

5

Design 110/ 130 /140 A

05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Alternators | 179

5

Design 140 A Nascar

180 | 05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Starter

Starter 1.7 kW

5Featuresu

1.7 kWu3,600 x 1/min

This starter is specially constructed for motorsport demand. It is a pre-engaged drive starter; we offer it inclockwise and counter-clockwise version.
Further special versions on request.

Application
Max. temperature

150 °C

Vibration

High protection

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight3,700 g

Revolutions

3,600 x 1/min

Module2,11Electrical Data
Performance

Ordering Information
Starter 1.7 kW
Order number on request

1.7 kW

05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Starter | 181

Dimensions

5182 | 05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Electronic Throttle Body

Electronic Throttle Body

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16 V

Supply voltage sensor

5 ± 0.2 V

Max. allowed generator current<10.0 A

Characteristic
Output signal I

0 to 5 V for 0 to 90°

Output signal II

5 to 0 V for 0 to 90°

Connectors and Wires
Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

5

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
For correct mounting please respect the hints on the next page
“Mounting position”.

Featuresu

Many bore diameters availableuThrottle position sensor is redundantu

For flex-fuel, CNG, LPG

u

Idle default position

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
Two redundant sensors control the up to date throttle position.

The throttle body is designed to control the fresh air of
spark ignition engines in combination with an electronic
throttle control system. ETB applications with flex-fuel,
CNG and LPG are permissible if injected in the air flow
after the throttle body.
A typical ETC system includes the following components: electronic throttle body, accelerator pedal module and electronic control unit.
You will find the available bore diameters in the variations table.

Application
Temperature range-40 to 140°C

Max. vibration

50 to 250 m/s2 at 50 Hz to 2 kHz

Technical Specifications

All ETBs have an idle air position.

Ordering Information
Electronic Throttle Body 32 mm
Order number 0 280 750 148
Electronic Throttle Body 40 mm
Order number 0 280 750 149
Electronic Throttle Body 46 mm
Order number F 02U V01 171-01
Electronic Throttle Body 50 mm
Order number 0 280 Y05 107-10
Electronic Throttle Body 52 mm
Order number F 02U V01 184-01
Electronic Throttle Body 54 mm
Order number 0 280 750 150

Mechanical Data
Available bore diameters

The ETB can be connected directly to control units with ETC functionality.

32 mm
40 mm
46 mm
50 mm
52 mm
54 mm
60 mm
82 mm

Electronic Throttle Body 60 mm
Order number 0 280 750 151
Electronic Throttle Body 68 mm
Order number 0 280 750 156
Electronic Throttle Body 82 mm
Order number 0 280 750 101

05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Electronic Throttle Body | 183

Dimensions
Mounting position

5

184 | 05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Electronic Throttle Body

Variations

5

Electronic Throttle
Body 32 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 40 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 46 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 50 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 52 mm

Bore diameter (mm)

32

40

46

50

52

Connector

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 356-01

D 261 205 356-01

D 261 205 356-01

Pin 1 A

Motor -

Motor -

Poti 1

Poti 2

Poti 1

Pin 2 B

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -Pin 3 C

Poti +

Poti +

Motor -

Motor +

Motor -

Pin 4 D

Motor +

Motor +

Poti 2

Poti 1

Poti 2

Pin 5 E

Poti 2

Poti 2Motor +

Motor -

Motor +Pin 6 F

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Flange diameter
(mm)

40

50

58

58

58

Weight (kg)

0,9

0,9

0,95

0,95

0,95

Max. air flow rate*

394 kg/h at 85° angle

695 kg/h at 85° angle

978 kg/h at 85° angle

Not specified

Not specified

Opening direction **counterclockwise

counterclockwise

clockwise

counterclockwise

clockwiseElectronic Throttle
Body 54 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 60 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 68 mm

Electronic Throttle
Body 82 mm

Bore diameter (mm)

54

60

68

82

Connector

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 358-01

D 261 205 358-01

Pin 1 A

Motor -

Motor -

Motor -

Motor -Pin 2 B

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -Pin 3 C

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Pin 4 D

Motor +

Motor +

Motor +

Motor +

Pin 5 E

Poti 2

Poti 2

Poti 2

Poti 2

Pin 6 F

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti 1

Flange diameter
(mm)

70

68,5

75

90

Weight (kg)

0,95

0,95

1,1

1,1

Max. air flow rate*

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Not specified

Opening direction **counterclockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise* ambient conditions: Air pressure p=1000 mbar, Differential pressure ∆p=600 mbar ±25 mbar, rel. humidity rF=40 %, Air
temperature T=24°C** Opening direction is related to view A. See drawings on bottom of chapter “Dimensions”.

05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Wiper Motor | 185

Wiper Direct Actuator WDA

Mechanical Data
Max. Vibration

30 % of Vibration Profile 1
or 100 % of Vibration Profile 1 in
combination with silentblocks(see Accessories)

Size

104.7 x 174.7 x 117.1 mm

Max. wipe cycles/min

Depending on wipe angle

Max. wipe angle

160°

Max. torque

35 Nm

Weight1,270 gElectrical Data

FeaturesPower supply

9 to 16 V

Supply current at 40 cycles/min.

Typ. 3.4 A

Supply current at 60 cycles/min.

Typ. 6.3 A

5

LIN ProtocoluAnalog and LIN versions available

LIN Version

2.0

u

Optimized hardware for motorsport applications

LIN Speed

19,2 kBaud/suCustomer specific calibration of wiping angles andspeed

Message ID

0x31

Interframe-Space

20 to 40 ms

The WDA is a wiper motor designed to execute reversing
movements instead of rotating 360° like a conventional
wiper.
Its function and many operating modes are managed byintegrated control electronics. The user is able to control the desired operating mode simply by switching its
analog inputs to ground (Analog version) or via LIN (LIN
version). The gear, the motor and the electronics are all
installed in the same housing.
The main benefit of this wiper motor is its direct rotation movement which replaces external gears and thepossibility of programming the operating speed and end
positions of all its function modes, upon request.

BYTE 0 Value

0

0

1

1

Counter

Bit

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BYTE 1 Value

SPD2

SPD1

INT

0

1

1

0

1

Bit

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BYTE 2 Value

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BYTE 3 Value

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BYTE 4 Value

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

BYTE 5 Value

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Counter

The counter has to be increased with each LINmessage (0 … 15 dez).

INT

Operationg Mode Interval. ON=1, OFF=0

Application
Operating temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
WDA Analog Operating modes

WDA LIN Operating modes

•
•
•
•

Stop
Interval
Speed 1
Speed 2

•
•
•
•
•
•

Stop
Interval
Speed 1
Speed 2Single stroke
Service position

186 | 05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Wiper Motor

SPD1

Operationg Mode Speed 1. ON=1, OFF=0

Accessories

SPD2

Operationg Mode Speed 2. ON=1, OFF=0

Silentblock
Order number F 02U 003 027-01

Connectors and Wires
Connector

CEP2M-AMP-4

Mating connector

F 02U B00 542-01

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request

Pinout Analog

5

Pin 1

AN2

Pin 2

AN1

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

US

Pinout LIN
Pin 1

LIN

Pin 2

Special functions, e.g. Master/
Slave

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

US

Installation Notes
The WDA Analog can be operated by switching the analog inputs between ground and voltage supply.
The WDA LIN can be operated by all ECUs with LIN 2.X Master function. Further information about the LIN-Frame available upon request.
Please contact us to define the desired angle of all the operating
modes.
The acceleration values can be exceeded by using silentblocks(F02U 003 027-01).
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thespecifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.

Delivery Status
The motor will be delivered with three mounting screws. The screws
are pre-assembled with a few thread turns.
• Self-tapping screw referred to DIN 7500
• PE M6x20• Maximum tightening torque: 8Nm

Ordering Information
WDA Analog
Order number F 02U V00 938-03
WDA LIN
Order number F 02U V00 838-03

05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Wiper Motor | 187

Dimensions

5188 | 05 Alternators/Starter/Actuators | Wiper Motor

5

Operating Modes

06 Sensors

6

Gear Shift Sensor

190

Knock Sensors

193

Lambda Sensors

199

Linear Position Sensors

212

Pressure Sensors Air

232

Pressure Sensors Fluid

244

Rotary Position Sensors

270

Speed Sensors

285

Temperature Sensors

318

Thermocouple Probes

338

Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

348

190 | 06 Sensors | Gear Shift Sensor

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 V

Characteristic
Signal Output

0,5 to 4,5 V

Zero Output

2,5 V

Connectors and Wires

6

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

u

Strain gauge technology

Pin 4

-

u

Measurement range: -450 to 450 N

Pin 5

Scr

u

Analog output

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

This sensor is designed to measure force relative to gear
shifting in order to control the engine operation allowing the driver to maintain no-lift-shift/full throttle during
shifting (up and down).
A circuit of precise resistors and an integrated amplifier
supply a force dependent output voltage signal. As soon
as this signal exceeds a certain threshold value in the
ECU, the ignition and injection can be adjusted automatically according to the individual ECU application.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of high quality production part and robust design
with metal housing and motorsport spec connection.
Furthermore this sensor has a dual way functionality.

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Sensor voltage
Force (N)Voltage (V)

450

4.673

360

4.225

270

3.797

180

3.397

90

2.941

0

2.538

Technical Specifications

-90

2.141

Mechanical Data

-180

1.672

Application
Measuring range-450 to 450 N

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 Hz to 2 kHz

Operating temperature range

0 to 80°C

Weight w/o wire

90 g

-270

1.255

Size

65 x 16 x 16 mm

-360

0.820

Mounting

2 x M10 x 1

-450

0.402

Tightening torque22 Nm

Mech. range programmable up
to

450 N

Fmax

800 N

Mech. load limit

1800 NMax. cycles at 300 N

300,000 cycles

06 Sensors | Gear Shift Sensor | 191

Installation Notes
The GSS-2 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated thread.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2
Order number B 261 209 227-01

6

192 | 06 Sensors | Gear Shift Sensor

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Knock Sensors | 193

Knock Sensor KS-P

Features

Electrical Data
Range of frequency

1 to 20 kHz

Sensitivity at 5 kHz

26 ± 8 mV/g

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 20 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency> 25 kHz

Impedance> 1 MΩ

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0,06 mV/g°C

Capacity field

800 to 1400 pF

uEngine vibration measurements

Connectors and Wiresu

Measurement range 1 to 20 kHz

Connector

Y 280 A62 566Au

Robust design
Integrated series connector

Mating connector
2-pole Compact

D 261 205 337-01

u

Pin 1

Sig+

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Scr

This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme
conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor moves
in correlation to the engine block vibration; this motion
results in a compressive force which is converted into a
voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. As aresult, upper and lower voltage thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determinationof structure-related noise. The small packaging is accomplished by integrating the connector directly to thesensor.

Application
Application

1 to 20 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 130°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Male thread (for AI)

M8x30

Installation torque

20±5 Nm

Weight w/o wire

48 gProtection

IP 54

Installation Notes
The KS-P can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuringknock control
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during
operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement
location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined toprovide a secure flush mounting.
Please route the sensor wire in a way that prevents resonance vibration.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Knock Sensor KS-P
Order number 0 261 231 120

6

194 | 06 Sensors | Knock Sensors

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Knock Sensors | 195

Knock Sensor KS-R

FeaturesuEngine vibration measurementsu

Measurement range 1 to 20 kHzu

Robust design

This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme
conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor moves
in correlation to the engine block vibration; this motion
results in a compressive force which is converted into a
voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. As aresult, upper and lower voltage thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determinationof structure-related noise. Connection to this sensor canbe tailored to customer requirements through specified
wire lengths and various connector options.

Electrical Data
Range of frequency

1 to 20 kHz

Sensitivity at 5 kHz

26 ± 8 mV/g

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 20 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency> 30 kHz

Impedance> 1 MΩ

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0,06 mV/g°C

Capacity field

800 to 1400 pF

Connectors and Wires
Connector

A 261 230 076

Mating connector
3-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 289-01

Pin 1

Sig +

Pin 2

Sig -

Pin 3

Scr

SleeveElastomer

Wire size

AWG 18

Wire length L

50 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Installation Notes
The KS-R can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuringknock control

Application
Application

1 to 20 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 130°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during
operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement
location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined toprovide a secure flush mounting.
Please route the sensor wire in a way that prevents resonance vibration.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Male thread (for AI)

M8x30

Installation torque20 ± 5 Nm

Weight w/o wire

82 g

The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Protection

IP 54

Ordering Information

Safety Note

Knock Sensor KS-R
Order number 0 261 231 047

6

196 | 06 Sensors | Knock Sensors

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Knock Sensors | 197

Knock Sensor KS-R2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Fixing screw for cast iron

M8x25

Fixing screw for aluminum

M8x30

Installation torque20 ± 5 Nm

Weight w/o Connector

60 gProtection

IP 54

Electrical Data
Range of frequency

3 to 25 kHz

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-3 mV/gLinearity between 3 to 25 kHz± 20 %

Main resonance frequency> 30 kHz

Features60
55

Engine vibration measurementsu

Measurement range 3 to 25 kHzu

Robust designuCompact housing

50
45
Sensitivity (mV/g)

u

40
35
30
25
20
15

This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme
conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor moves
in correlation to the engine block vibration; this motion
results in a compressive force which is converted into a
voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. As aresult, upper and lower voltage thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determinationof structure-related noise. This version is an optimized
part for Motorsport applications based on a series application development. Compared to the previous version,
the advantage of this new modification is that this product has an extended frequency and higher operating
temperature rating.

Application
Application

3 to 25 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 0 to 24 kHz≤ 4000 m/s2 at 5 to 24 kHz(short-term)

average[mV/g]

upper limit [mV/g]

105lower limit [mV/g]

after lifetime [mV/g]

0
3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
Frequency (kHz)

Ratio of frequency and sensitivity
Impedance> 1 MΩ

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity-40 to 20°C ≤ 1.9 pF/k
40 to 150°C ≤ 3.3 pF/k

Capacity field

1150 ± 200 pF

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASX 602-03PC-HE

Mating connector

ASX 002-03SC-HE

Pin 1

Sig

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Scr

SleeveElastomer

Wire size

AWG 20

Wire length L

150 to 450 mm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

6

198 | 06 Sensors | Knock Sensors

Installation Notes
The KS-R2 can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuringknock control.
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during
operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement
location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined toprovide a secure flush mounting.
Please route the sensor wire in a way that prevents resonance vibration.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note

6

The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Knock Sensor KS-R2
Order number F 02U V01 884-01

Dimensions

06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 199

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2

Cable and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

120 g

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

6

Electrical Data
FeaturesPower supply H+ nominal

9V

Heater power steady state

10 W

u

Application: lambda 0.65 to ∞Heater control frequency

>2 Hz

u

Wide-band

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell

80 Ω

u

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.) for shorttime <1,030°C

Max. current load for Nernst cell10(DC)/250(AC) μAuMax. Hexagon temperature 570°C

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive gasoline engines.
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.2 is a planar ZrO2
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater.
Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda 0.65
to air makes the LSU capable of being used as a universal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as for other lambda ranges. The connector module contains a
trimming resistor, which defines the characteristic of
the sensor.
The main benefit of the LSU is the very robust design
combined with the high Bosch production quality standard.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs
and lambda control units like LT4. You’ll find this unit
and more on our homepage at Electronics/Sensor Interfaces.

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

-1.85

0.70

-

-1.08

0.80

0.364

-0.76

0.85

0.700

-0.47

0.90

1.005

0.00

1.009

1.500

0.34

1.18

1.858

Application

0.68

1.43

2.216

0.95

1.70

2.500

1.40

2.42

2.973

2.55

Air

4.183

Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Fuel compatibility

Gasoline

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)

930°C

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature< 570°C

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but theoutput of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas.

200 | 06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Heater Strategy
TSensor [°C]

-40

-10

20

50

UH, eff, max (t=0) [V]

8,5

9,5

10,5

10,5

Connectors and Wires

6

Connector

Y 928 K00 050

Mating connector

D 261 205 138-01

Pin 1

IP/APE

Pin 2

UN/RE

Pin 3

VM/IPN

Pin 4

Uh-/H-

Pin 5

Uh+/H

Pin 6

IA/RT

Wire length L

60.0 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special LSUIC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units likeLT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at Accessories/
Expansion Modules.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust -gas mixture, which does
not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks inorder to avoid the effects of leak -air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
the thread.
Please find further installation notes in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2
Order number 0 258 006 065

06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 201

Dimensions

Mounting recommendation

Recommended materials for themating thread in the exhaust pipe*: THexagon > 600°C or
TGas > 930°C

6

202 | 06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

Hexagon temperature< 600°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Variations
LSU 4.9 with automotive connector

6Connector

1 928 404 687

Mating connector

D 261 205 356-01

Wire length L

950 mmLSU 4.9 with motorsport connector

Features

Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

uApplication: lambda 0.65 to ∞Mating connector

AS 0-07-35SNu

Wide band

Wire length L

200 to 950 mmuExhaust gas temperature range (max.) for shorttime ≤ 1,030°C

Mechanical Datau

Max. Hexagon temperature 600°C

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline
or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.9 is a planar ZrO2
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater.
Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda 0.65
to air makes the LSU 4.9 capable of being used as a universal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as forother lambda ranges. The connector module contains a
trimming resistor, which defines the characteristic of
the sensor.
The main benefit of the LSU 4.9 is the robust design
combined with the high Bosch production quality standard.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs
and lambda control units like LT4. You’ll find this unit
and more on our homepage at Electronics/Sensor Interfaces.

Application

Weight w/o wire

120 g

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell

300 ΩMax current load for Nernst cell

250 µA

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

UA [V], v=8

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C-2.000

0.650

-

0.510

-1.602

0.700

-

0.707

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C-1.243

0.750

0.192

0.884

-0.927

0.800

0.525

1.041

06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 203-0.800

0.822

0.658

1.104

Pin 4

Heater voltage H+ / Uh+-0.652

0.850

0.814

1.177

Pin 5

Trim resistor RT / IA

-0.405

0.900

1.074

1.299

Pin 6

Nernst voltage UN / RE

-0.183

0.950

1.307

1.409

Wire length

Please see variations-0.106

0.970

1.388

1.448

-0.040

0.990

1.458

1.480

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

0

1.003

1.500

1.500

Installation Notes

0.015

1.010

1.515

1.507

0.097

1.050

1.602

1.548

0.193

1.100

1.703

1.596

This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special LSUIC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units likeLT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at Accessories/
Expansion Modules.

0.250

1.132

1.763

1.624

0.329

1.179

1.846

1.663

The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does notexceed the maximum permissible temperature.

0.671

1.429

2.206

1.832

Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.

0.938

1.701

2.487

1.964

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.

1.150

1.990

2.710

2.069

As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).

1.385

2.434

2.958

2.186

1.700

3.413

3.289

2.342

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.

2.000

5.391

3.605

2.490

The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks inorder to avoid the effects of leak-air.

2.150

7.506

3.762

2.565

Protect the sensor against condensation water.

2.250

10.119

3.868

2.614

The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
the thread.

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but theoutput of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used forlean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor v=8 is typicallyused for rich applications (lambda<1).

Heater Strategy

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

U
13 V

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
With automotive connector
Order number 0 258 017 025

8.5 V
1.5 V

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
With motorsport connector
Order number B 261 209 358-03

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see variations

Mating connector

Please see variations

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coated

Pin 1

Pump current APE / IP

Pin 2

Virtual ground IPN / VM

Pin 3

Heater voltage H- / Uh-6204 | 06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Dimensions

6

Mounting recommendation

Recommended materials for themating thread in the exhaust pipe*: THexagon > 600°C or
TGas > 930°C

06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 205

Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/ADV
pre Turbo

FeaturesMax. exhaust gas temperaturefor short time

≤ 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature (operating)≤ 650°C

Max. hexagon temperature forshort time

≤ 700°C

Max. temperature at weldingseam≤ 820°C (pre Turbo Version)Max. temperature difference between hexagon and weldingseam≤ 330°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature≤ 250°C

Connector temperature≤ 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical SpecificationsuApplication: lambda 0.65 to ∞u

Wide banduMax. exhaust gas temperature range 1,030°C for ashort time

Variations
1.) LSU ADV with automotive connector
Connector

1 928 404 682

Mating connector

F 02U B00 725-01

uMax. Hexagon temperature 700°C for a short time

Pin 1

APE

u

Without trim resistance in connector

Pin 2

IPN

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline
or Diesel). A version with a protection tube of Inconel
for pre-turbo-(supercharger) mounting is available.
The wide band lambda sensor LSU ADV is a planar ZrO2
dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater.
Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda 0.65
to air makes the LSU ADV capable of being used as auniversal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as
for other lambda ranges.
The LSU ADV has no trimming resistor inside the connector what results in just 5 connector pins. Comparedto LSU 4.9, the LSU ADV has a wider working temperature range.
LSU ADV operates only in combination with a special
evaluation unit used in lambda control unit LT4 ADV.
You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at Electronics/Sensor Interfaces.

Pin 3

H-

Pin 4

Uh+ / H+

Pin 5

RE

Pin 6

nc

Wire length L

95.0 cm

Application

2.) LSU ADV pre Turbo with automotive connector
Connector

1 254 488 136

Mating connector

on request

Pin 1

IP/APE

Pin 2

VM/IPN

Pin 3

Uh- / H-

Pin 4

Uh+ / H+

Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Pin 5

UN / RE

Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Pin 6

nc

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)3.) LSU ADV (pre Turbo) with motorsport connector
Connector

AS 6-07-35PA≤ 930°C (≤ 980°C pre Turbo
Version)Mating connector

AS 0-07-35SA

Pin 1

Uh+ / H

Exhaust gas temperature (operating)6

206 | 06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Pin 2

Uh- / H-

0,06444

1,080

1,568

1,532

Pin 3

IP / APE

0,08556

1,100

1,590

1,542

Pin 4

VM / IPN

0,17000

1,180

1,679

1,584

Pin 5

UN / RE

0,23080

1,260

1,743

1,614

Pin 6

nc

0,36000

1,430

1,879

1,678

0,40148

1,500

1,922

1,699

0,52000

1,700

2,047

1,758

0,54740

1,780

2,076

1,771

0,77000

2,430

2,310

1,881

1,40000

5,000

2,973

2,193

Please specify the required wire length with your order (ADV pre Turbo max. 33 cm/ADV max. 90 cm).

Mechanical Data

6

Weight w/o wire

120 g

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but theoutput of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen
content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used
for lean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor v=8 is typicallyused for rich applications (lambda<1).

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

8.7 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell

300 ΩMax current load for Nernst cell

≤ 80 µA

Switch-on time

≤5s

Heater Strategy
Effective heater voltage
UH,effmax. 8 s

12 V

application specific

9V

1,5 s
max.
ramp rate= 0,3 V /sCharacteristic

operating point
reachedHeater power reduced
during condensationwater phase

Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8-0.652 ± 0.032 mA

Accuracy at lambda 1-0.018 ± 0.008 mA

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

0.515 ± 0.022 mA

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

UA [V], v=8

Pressure Compensation-1,38000

0,650

0,048

0,817

-1,11000

0,700

0,332

0,950

50
∆Ip/Ip / %40-0,88000

0,750

0,574

1,064

-0,65000

0,800

0,816

1,178

-0,47500

0,850

1,000

1,265

-0,37000

0,880

1,111

1,317

-0,30000

0,900

1,184

1,351

-0,16000

0,950

1,332

1,421

-0,07600

0,980

1,420

1,462

Connectors and Wires-0,04800

0,990

1,449

1,476

Connector

Please see variations-0,02000

1,000

1,479

1,490

Mating connector

Please see variations

0,01167

1,030

1,512

1,506

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coated0,03278

1,050

1,534

1,516

1,8 ... 2 V

t=0

0

5

10

15

20

t/s

p0 = 1013 hPa

30
20
10
0
lambda > 1-10lambda < 1

-20
-30
0,4

0,6

0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,6

1,8
2,0
2,2
2,4
absolute pressure / bar

2,6

06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 207

Wire length

Please see variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special evaluation unit used in lambda control unit LT4 ADV. You’ll find this unit andmore on our homepage at Accessories/Expansion Modules.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does notexceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks inorder to avoid the effects of leak-air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating
the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV
Automotive connector, wire length 95 cm
Order number 0 258 027 010
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV
Motorsport connector, wire length customer specific(max. 90 cm)
Order number F 02U V01 861-01
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV pre Turbo
Automotive connector, wire length 37 cm
Order number 0 258 027 052
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV pre Turbo
Motorsport connector, wire length 33 cm
Order number F 02U V02 066-01

6

208 | 06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Dimensions

6
Mounting recommendation

Recommended design of themating thread in the exhaust pipe*: THexagon > 600°C or
TGas > 930°C

06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 209

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature≤ 700°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 150°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2 (see Installation
Notes)

Technical Specifications
Variations
Features

Mini-LSU 4.9 with automotive connector

6uApplication: lambda 0.65 to ∞Connector

1 928 404 682uWide band

Mating connector

D 261 205 356-01

uInconel sensor housing

Wire length L

950 mmu

Exhaust gas temperature range (max.) for shorttime < 1,030°C

Mini-LSU 4.9 with motorsport connectoruMax. Hexagon temperature 700°C

This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline
or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 is a planar
ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated
heater. Its monotonic output signal in the range of lambda = 0.65 to air makes the LSU capable of being used asa universal sensor for lambda = 1 measurement as well
as for lean and rich ranges.
The connector housing contains a trimming resistor,
which defines the characteristic of the sensor. The main
benefit of the Mini-LSU 4.9 is its very compact design in
combination with the high Bosch production quality
standard. The Mini-LSU is produced and tested in a
handmade process.
The complete light weight housing is made of Inconel
which makes it resistant against high temperatures. The
sensor element is more than 50 % smaller than it is in
the production lambda sensor. It is connected over silver coated steel cables to make it more reliable against
vibrations.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs
and lambda control units like LT4. You’ll find this unit
and more on our homepage at Electronics/Sensor Interfaces.

Application

Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Mating connector

AS 0-07-35SN

Wire length L

200 to 1,400 mm

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

28 g

Thread

M16x1.5

Wrench size

17 mmTightening torque

60 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage H+ (min)10.8 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency

100 HzNominal resistance of Nernst cell300 ΩMax. current load for Nernst cell

250 µA

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

UA [V], v=8-2.000

0.650

-

0.510

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C-1.602

0.700

-

0.707

210 | 06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors

6-1.243

0.750

0.192

0.884

250

806

-0.927

0.800

0.525

1.041

300

780

-0.800

0.822

0.658

1.104

350

761

-0.652

0.850

0.814

1.177

400

744

-0.405

0.900

1.074

1.299

450

729

-0.183

0.950

1.307

1.409

550

703

-0.106

0.970

1.388

1.448

650

686

-0.040

0.990

1.458

1.480

800

665

0

1.003

1.500

1.500

1000

642

0.015

1.010

1.515

1.507

1200

628

0.097

1.050

1.602

1.548

2500

567

0.193

1.100

1.703

1.596

Connectors and Wires

0.250

1.132

1.763

1.624

Connector

Please see variations

0.329

1.179

1.846

1.663

Mating connector

Please see variations

0.671

1.429

2.206

1.832

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coated

0.938

1.701

2.487

1.964

Pin 1

Pump current APE / IP

1.150

1.990

2.710

2.069

Pin 2

Virtual ground IPN / VM

1.385

2.434

2.958

2.186

Pin 3

Heater voltage H- / Uh-

1.700

3.413

3.289

2.342

Pin 4

Heater voltage H+ / Uh+

2.000

5.391

3.605

2.490

Pin 5

Trim resistor RT / IA

2.150

7.506

3.762

2.565

Pin 6

Nernst voltage UN / RE

2.250

10.119

3.868

2.614

Wire length

Please see variations

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but theoutput of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used forlean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor v=8 is typicallyused for rich applications (lambda<1).

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special LSUIC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units likeLT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at Accessories/
Expansion Modules.

Heater Strategy
U
13 V

The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture and which does
not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.

11.62 VInstall at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.

= 0.15 V/s
7.53 V

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.

1.5 V

Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as possible (wire upwards).

Resistance/LSU Temperature
R (Ohm)Temp (°C)

80

1030

150

888

200

840

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so thatthe influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust system up stand and surrounding the sensor must be
sealed in order to avoid the effects of leakage air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water. The sensor is not to be
painted, nor is wax to be applied or any other forms of treatment. Use
only the recommended grease for lubricating the thread.

06 Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 211

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
A higher maximum vibration profile is possible and should be determined by the customer’s individual application.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9
With automotive connector
Order number B 258 490 103-28
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9
With motorsport connector
Order number F 02U V02 227-01

6

Dimensions

Mounting recommendation

Recommended design of themating thread in the exhaust pipe*: THexagon > 600°C or
TGas > 930°C

212 | 06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor LP 25-H

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 V ± 0.5 V

Current IS< 15 mA

Resolution

0.025 % of measurement range

Characteristic
Temperature coefficient< ± 0.003 % FS/°C

Superior accuracy< ± 2.5 % FS

Other electrical stroke available on request.

6
FeaturesuLinear movement measurementuMeasurement range up to 25 mm

uSuperior accuracy < ± 2.5 %uOperating temperature -40 to 140°C

The sensor is designed to measure linear movement,
e.g. the stabilizer bar movement. The electronic is designed with a stainless steel magnetic shaft with Hall element. The Hall element is disposed between two magnets in association with a movable specially formed ferromagnetic part. This is used to control flux in the sensor in order to produce a linearly varying output voltage
dependent on the position.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall effect technology and its robust design for motorsport applications.

Application

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU 6-03-03 PA-HE

Connector loom ASU 0-03-03SA

F 02U 000 194-01

Pin 1

Power 5 V

Pin 2

GroundPin 3Signal 0.5 to 4.5 V

SleeveFDR-25

Measurement range

Up to 25 mm

Wire size

AWG 26

Operating temperature range-40 to 140°C

Wire length L

150 to 500 mm

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Technical Specifications

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

21 gProtection class

IP68 & IP69K

Mounting

2 x M3

Shaft bearing life

25 million cycles

Housing

Glass filled polymer

Shaft

Stainless steel 303

The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Sensor is at mid point of electrical stroke when the tip of the shaft isexactly 34 mm away from the housing. Please refer this in the offer
drawing.
The sensor is also ferromagnetic sensitive. Please make sure themounting material is not ferromagnetism. This can lead to inaccurate
measurement.

06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 213

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Linear Position Sensor LP 25-H
Order number F 02U V02 008-01

Dimensions

6

214 | 06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor
LP 25 twin

6

Featuresu

Measurement range 0 to 25 mmuDouble outputuAluminum housing

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Connector loom
AS 0-07-35SN

F 02U 000 238-01

Pin 1

US 1

Pin 2

Gnd 1

Pin 3

Sig 1

Pin 4

US 2

Pin 5

Gnd 2

Pin 6

Sig 2

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

The LP 25 twin is a linear potentiometer which is designed to measure the relative position of two points,
e.g. the gear position, throttle position or suspension
movement and for use in electronic throttle control systems.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving ends to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution.

Application
Application

0 to 25 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100°C

Installation Notes
The LP 25 twin can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Application where redundant signals are necessary to ensure systemruns failsafe.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information

Technical Specifications

Linear Position Sensor LP 25 twin
Order number B 261 209 858-01

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

60 gMin. length

95 mmMounting

Ø 3 mmProtection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity< 10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

22 V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 215

Dimensions

6216 | 06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor LP 50

Resistance tolerance

20 %Non-linearity< ± 0.25 %Max. current

1 mA

Connectors and Wires
Connector (see Ordering Information)

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN

Connector loom
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

F 02U 000 115-01

Or

Features6

Connector (see Ordering Information)

KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN

Connector loom
KPTA 2E6-4S-C-DN

F 02U 000 105-01

u

Measurement range: 0 to 50 mm

Pin 1

US

u

Aluminum housing

Pin 2

Gnd

u

Low power consumption

Pin 3

Sig

The LP 50 is a linear potentiometer which is designed tomeasure the relative position of two points, e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
The operating mode of this sensor is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving end to the wiper is proportional
to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution.

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Application

The LP 50 can be connected directly to the most electronic control
units and data logging systems.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

Application

0 to 50 mm

Ball joints at shaft end and case.

Temperature range-30 to 125°C

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Storage temperature range-55 to 125°C

Max. vibration

100 m/s at 10 to 500 Hz

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

2

Safety Note

Technical Specifications

Weight

66 g

The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Length compressed

172 mmOrdering Information

Mounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Linear Position Sensor LP 50
Connector KPSE 6E8-33P-DN
Order number B 261 209 133-02

Protection

IP66

Shaft velocity< 10 m/sec

Mechanical Data

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

44 V

Nominal resistance2 kΩLinear Position Sensor LP 50
Connector KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN
Order number B 261 209 136-02

06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 217

Dimensions

6

218 | 06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor
LP 50 twin

6

Featuresu

Measurement range: 0 to 50 mm

uDouble outputuAluminum housing

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Connector loom
AS 0-07-35SN

F 02U 000 238-01

Pin 1

US 1

Pin 2

Gnd 1

Pin 3

Sig 1

Pin 4

US 2

Pin 5

Gnd 2

Pin 6

Sig 2

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

The LP 50 twin is a linear potentiometer which is designed to measure the relative position of two points,
e.g. the gear position, throttle position or suspension
movement and for use in electronic throttle control systems.
It works base on the linear tape potentiometer principle
where the distance traveled between the moving end to
the wiper is proportional to the resistance between
them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution.

Application
Application

0 to 50 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100°C

Installation Notes
The LP 50 twin can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Application where redundant signals are necessary to ensure systemruns failsafe.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information

Technical Specifications

Linear Position Sensor LP 50 twin
Order number B 261 209 859-01

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

66 gMin. length

120 mmMounting

Ø 3 mmProtection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity< 10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

< 45 V

Nominal resistance2 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 219

Dimensions

6220 | 06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor LP 75

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Wires

6

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

u

Measurement range: 0 to 75 mm

Wire size

AWG 24u

Aluminum housing

Wire length L

15 to 25 cmu

Low power consumption

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

The LP 75 is a linear potentiometer which is designed tomeasure the relative position of two points, e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with hard metal housing and low power consumption.

Application
Application

0 to 75 mm

Temperature range

40 to 85°C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12 kHz

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The LP 75 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Technical Specifications

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data

Linear Position Sensor LP 75
Order number B 261 209 856-01

Weight w/o wire

78 gMin. length

223.6 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP66

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

67 V

Nominal resistance3 kΩ

06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 221

Dimensions

6222 | 06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor LP 75F

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Wires

Features6

Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34

Connector loom
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

F 02U 000 115-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 2415 to 25 cmu

Measurement range: 0 to 75 mm

Wire length LuAluminum housing

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

uLow power consumption

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

The LP 75F is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two points, e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
The operating mode of this sensor is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between the moving end to the wiper is proportional
to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its compact and lightweight
design together with its wider operating temperature
range

Application

Installation Notes
The LP 75F can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Application

0 to 75 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100°C

Ordering Information

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12 kHz

Linear Position Sensor LP 75F
Order number B 261 209 852-01

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

78 gMin. length

223.6 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity

10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

67 V

Nominal resistance3 kΩ

06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 223

Dimensions

6224 | 06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor LP 100

Non-linearity

0.15 %

Power supply

5V

Connectors and Wires

Features6

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

u

Measurement range: 0 to 100 mm

SleeveDR-25

u

Aluminum housing

Wire size

AWG 24u

Low power consumption

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

The LP 100 is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two points, e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Application

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Application

0 to 100 mm

Temperature range-40 to 85°C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12kHz

Technical Specifications

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The LP 100 can be connected directly with most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

98 g

Min. length [L1]

227 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity

10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

74 V

Nominal resistance4 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Linear Position Sensor LP 100
Order number B 261 209 857-01

06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 225

Dimensions

6226 | 06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor
LP 100F

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Wires

6

Features

Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34

Connector loom
KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

F 02U 000 115-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

uMeasurement range: 0 to 100 mmuAluminum housing

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

u

Low power consumption

Installation Notes

The LP 100F is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two points, e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its compact and lightweight
design together with its wider operating temperature
range.

Application
Application

0 to 100 mm

Temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12 kHz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

85 gMin. length [L1]

220 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP65

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

74 V

Nominal resistance4 kΩ

The LP 100F can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
The LP 100F can be connected directly to most electronic control
units and data logging systems.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Linear Position Sensor LP 100F
Order number B 261 209 853-01

06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 227

Dimensions

6228 | 06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor LP 100H

Characteristic
Temperature coefficient< ± 0.003 % FS/°C

Sensitivity tolerance< ± 2.5 % FS

Non-Linearity< ± 0.5 % FS

Features6uLinear movement measurementuMeasurement range up to 100 mm

uOperating temperature -40 to 125°C

Connectors and Wires

The sensor is designed to measure linear movement,
e.g. the stabilizer bar movement. The electronic is designed with a stainless steel magnetic shaft with Hall element. The Hall element is disposed between two magnets in association with a movable specially formed ferromagnetic part. This is used to control flux in the sensor in order to produce a linearly varying output voltage
dependent on the position.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall effect technology and its robust design for motorsport applications.

Connector

ASU 6-03-03 PA-HE

Connector loom ASU 0-03-03SA

F 02U 000 194-01

Pin 1

Power 5 V

Pin 2

GroundPin 3Signal 0.05 to 4.95 V

SleeveFDR-25

Wire size

AWG 26

Application

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Measurement range

Up to 100 mm

Operating temperature range-40 to 125°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.

Technical Specifications

The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.

Mechanical Data

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Weight35 g

Protection class

IP68 & IP69K

Mounting

2 x M4

Shaft bearing life

25 million cycles

Housing

Aluminum sulphur anodised

Shaft

Stainless steel 303

Electrical Data

The sensor is also ferromagnetic sensitive. Please make sure themounting material is not ferromagnetism. This can lead to inaccurate
measurement.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information

Power supply US

5 V ± 0.25 V

Current IS, during power on settlement< 100 mA

Current IS, normal operation< 45 mA

Resolution

0.025 % of measurement range

Linear Position Sensor LP 100-H
Order number F 02U V02 061-01

06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 229

Dimensions

6230 | 06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors

Linear Position Sensor LP 150

Features6uMeasurement range: 0 to 150 mmuAluminum housingu

Low power consumption

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

The LP 150 is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two points, e.g. thegear position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled between
the moving end to the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact design with an anodized aluminum cylindrical housing, lowpower consumption and infinite resolution

Application
Application

0 to 150 mm

Temperature range-40 to 85°C

Installation Notes
The LP 150 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information

Technical Specifications

Linear Position Sensor LP 150
Order number B 261 209 534-01

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

118 gMin. length

282 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP65

Max. shaft velocity

1 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

130 V

Nominal resistance

6 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

06 Sensors | Linear Position Sensors | 231

Dimensions

6232 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSA-C (0.2 to 1.05
bar)

PSA-C (0.2 to 2.50
bar)Tolerance (FS) at US=5V± 0.014 bar± 0.034 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.33 %± 1.36 %Sensitivity

5,000 mV/bar

1,848 mV/bar

Offset-600 mV

30 mV

Mechanical Data

6

Mounting

M6

Fitting

6 mm

Weight w/o wire

40 g

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply US

4.75 to 5.25 VuAbsolute air pressure measurements

Max power supply US max.

16 V

u

Measurement range 0.2 to 1.05 bar or 0.2 to 2.5
barFull scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 VuAnalog output

Current IS

9 mA

u

External tube connector

Characteristic

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and electronics for signal-amplification andtemperature-compensation. Air pressure is supplied tothe sensor via a tube connector. The output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of the high quality of the production part and alow price.

Application
Application

Please see Ordering information

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

20 m/s2 at 10 to 1,000 Hz

Response time T10/90

10 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see variations

Tolerance (FS)

Please see variations

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Tolerance 0.2 to 1.05 bar

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 233

Tolerance 0.2 to 2.50 bar

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Expansion of Tolerance

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C
0.2 to 1.05 bar
Order number 0 261 230 037
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C
0.2 to 2.50 bar
Order number 0 281 002 389

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector
3-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 289-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Installation Notes
The PSA-C is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
Avoid liquid entering the measuring cell.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting position from vertical is +-60°.

6

234 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 235

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4

Weight w/o wire

20 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic

Featuresu

Absolute air pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0.5 to 4.0 baruAnalog output

uVery short response time

Response time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated range

0 to 80°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.056 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

1,143 mV/bar(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Offset-71 mV(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Tolerance

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box and boost pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines over a wide range.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element, electronics for signal-amplification and temperature-compensation. The output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of the high quality of the production part and an
individual calibration. Each sensor is delivered with acalibration sheet to enable very small measurement tolerances. Furthermore the sensor has a very short response time.

Application

Expansion of Tolerance

Application

0.5 to 4 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

6 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

20 m/s2 at 10 to 1,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Connectors and Wires

Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Fitting

12.05 mmMating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

6

236 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

6

Installation Notes
The PSB-4 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please note that the 6mm tube connector has no function.
To optimize the accuracy of this sensor, an individual calibration sheet
is delivered with each sensor.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.boschmotorsport.com
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System www.bosch-motorsport.com
To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting position from vertical is +-60°.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4
Order number B 261 209 348-01

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 237

Dimensions

6

238 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pressure Sensor Air PSP

Weight w/o wire

17 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic

6
Featuresu

Absolute air pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0.2 to 3.0 baruAnalog output

uVery short response time

Response time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.042 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

1,518 mV/bar

Offset96 mVTolerance

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air-pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and an electronic for signal-amplification andtemperature compensation. The output of the sensor isan analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of both high quality production part and motorsport connector.

Expansion of Tolerance

Application
Application

0.2 to 3 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

0.19 mm at 100 to 200 Hz
250 m/s2 at 200 to 500 Hz

Technical Specifications

Connectors and Wires

Mechanical Data

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

-

Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 mm

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 239

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSP is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22 andDiesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting position from vertical is +-60°.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSP
Order number B 261 209 690-016

240 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 241

Pressure Sensor Air PST

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

18 mm

Weight w/o wire

30 g

SealingO-ring 13.95 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

FeaturesuPower supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic Application 1

Absolute air pressure and temperature measurementsu

Measurement range 0.1 to 1.15 baruAnalog output

uVery short response time

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure and air temperature, especially the air box pressureof gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element, electronics for signal-amplification and temperature-compensation. The output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal. An NTC resistance is used fortemperature measurements.
The main feature of this sensor is the integration of two
functions (air pressure and air temperature) in one
housing. A further benefit of the PST is the high qualityof the series part at a low price.

Response time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.016 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.39 %Sensitivity

4,047 mV/bar

Offset-4.76 mV

Tolerance

Application
Application 1

0.1 to 1.15 bar (a)Application 2-40 to 125°C

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

0.19 mm at 100 to 200 Hz
250 m/s2 at 200 to 500 Hz
sine

Expansion of Tolerance

6242 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Characteristic Application 2

6

Pin 4

Pressure Sig

Pin 5

-

T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

25

2,057

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

Resistance at 20°C

2.5 kOhm

Safety NoteTolerance

5%

Response time tau 63

45 s at air ; v = 6 m/s

The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Installation Notes
The PST is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22 andDiesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau = 2ms) is recommended.
For the temperature measurement, a 1 kOhm pull-up at 5 V is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting position from vertical is +-60°.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PST
Order number 0 261 230 022

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
4-pole Compact

D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

NTC

Pin 3

US

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 243

Dimensions

6

244 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10

Response timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at US =5V

500 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

0 mV

Pin 1

-

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Sig

Pin 4

US

-

Pin 5

-

-

Mechanical Data

6
Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0 to 10 baruAnalog output

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 8.1 x 1.6 mm

Electrical Data

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor is available
for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Application
Application

0 to 10 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

20 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility
Max. vibration

Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

E 85 / M 100

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

SleeveDR-25

Technical Specifications

Wire size

AWG 24

Variations

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

PSC-10 (5 V)

PSC-10 (12 V)

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

9 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0 to 5 V non-ratiometric

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 245

Installation Notes
The PSC-10 can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number F 02U V01 268-01
PSC-109 to 30 V
Order number F 02U V01 295-01

M10x1

Dimensions

9.5
12

11
12

6

246 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260

Installation torque22 Nm in steel
32.5 Nm in aluminum

Weight w/o wire

35,2 g

Sealingsealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratio metric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic

6

Features

Load capacity

10 nF

Output resistance10 Ω

Tolerance (FS)

+ 1 % (0 to 100°C)+ 1.5 % (-40 to 0°C and 100 to
130°C)uAbsolute fluid pressure measurementuMeasurement range 0 to 260 baru

For gasoline, Diesel, oil or brake fluid

Sensitivity

15 mV/bar at US = 5 VuRobust and compact design

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 VuHigh robustness against vibrations

The PSC-260 is specially designed to measure absolutepressure in gasoline direct injection applications. Thissensor is also compatible with other kind of fluids e.g.
Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil or brake fluid.
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve highaccuracy pressure measurements. The stainless steel
measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges are hermetically welded with stainless steel pressure ports. The internal reference ensures ambient pressure independentmeasurements.
The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy,
its wide measurement range and its robust and compact
design.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Application
Application

0 to 260 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

320 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration

560 m/s2 at 800 to 900 Hz
350 m/s2 at 1.000 to 2.500 Hz

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Installation Notes
The PSC-260 can be connected directly to most control units. Pleaseconsider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10 x 1

Wrench size

27 mm

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please consider using the adapter F 02U 002 711-01.

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 247

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260
Order number F 02U V00 990-02
Accessories
Adapter for PSC-260
Order number F 02U 002 711-01

Dimensions

Sensor

Adapter6248 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

Vibration

2 g (10 Hz to 60 Hz) and 20 g
(60 Hz to 1 KHz)

Shock (1/2 sine)

50 g (11 ms) and 200 g (6 ms)

Weight (without cable)

13 g + 20 g per meter of cable

Electrical Data

Features6uAbsolute fluid pressure measurementsu

Measurement range versions 3.5 to 700 baruHigh robustness against vibrationsuCompact designuAnalog output

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air.
The sensor utilizes a flush metal diaphragm as a force
collector. The force is transferred to a solid state piezoresistive sensing element via a thin intervening film of
noncompressible silicone oil. The housing is welded hermetically. An individual calibration sheet will be delivered with each sensor.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good
protection against vibrations.

Application

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.5 V = 4V ± 50 mVMax Current< 8 mA

Supply Voltage

8 to 32 V DC

Non-Repeatability± 0.05 % FSO typ.

CNL & H± 0.25 % FSO

Bandwidth (-3 dB)

400 HzOutput “FSO”

0.5 to 4.5 V = 4 V ± 50 mV

Characteristic
Compensated range

20 to 120 °C

Thermal Zero Shift “TZS”± 1 % FSO/100 °C (± 2 %FSO/100 °C for ranges ≤ 10 bar
or 150 psi)

Thermal Sensitivity Shift “TSS”± 1 %/100 °C (± 1.5 %/100 °C
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

Sensitivity/Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU 6-03-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASU 0-03-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 208-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pressure Measurement range
versions

3.5 to 700 bar

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Pin 3

Sig

Operating temp. range-40 to 150 °C

Pin 4

-

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M100

Pin 5

Scr

Max. vibration

1,000 m/s max at 5 to 10,000
Hz (sine)

SleeveViton

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M8x1

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Wrench size

11 mm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation torque

2.5 Nm max.

Installation Notes

Weight w/o wire

13 g

SealingO-ring 6.35 x 1.6 VITON

Ingress Protection

IP66

The PSM-SA can be connected directly to most control units.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 249

100 % relative humidity is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 3.5 bar
Order number F 02U V01 946-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 6 bar
Order number F 02U V01 947-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 10 bar
Order number F 02U V01 948-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 20 bar
Order number F 02U V01 949-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 35 bar
Order number F 02U V01 950-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 60 bar
Order number F 02U V01 951-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 70 bar
Order number F 02U V01 724-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 100 bar
Order number F 02U V01 952-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 200 bar
Order number F 02U V01 953-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 350 bar
Order number F 02U V01 954-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA
0 to 700 bar
Order number F 02U V02 064-01

6250 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 251

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSMSATTechnical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

12 mm

Installation torque

2.5 Nm max.

Weight (without cable)

15 g + 20 g per meter of cable

SealingO-ring 6.35 x 1.6 VITON

Ingress Protection

IP66

Electrical Data

Features

Supply voltage

8 to 32 V DC

Max current< 8 mA

Non-Repeatability± 0.05 % FSO typ.

CNL & H± 0.25 % FSO

Bandwidth (-3 dB)

400 Hzu

Pressure and temperature measurementuPressure measurement range versions 3.5 to 700
baruOperating temperature < 150°C

Output “FSO”

0.5 to 4.5 V = 4 V ± 50 mVu

Miniature design (body Ø 12 mm)

Zero offset at 23°Cu

Any fluid or air media compatible with stainlesssteel

0.5 V ± 50 mV (0.5 ± 100 mV
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

Characteristic

The ultra miniature pressure transducer with platinum
RTD is a sensor to sense media temperature. It is a
100 % stainless steel welded construction with an amplified output. This sensor is designed for severe environment where minimum size and weight are required.

Compensated range

20 to 120°C

Long term stability

Offset = 0.1 % span/year;
Span = 0.1 %/year

Zero offset at 23°C

0.5 V ± 50 mV (0.5 ± 100 mV
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

Sensitivity/Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Application
Pressure measurement range
versions

3.5 to 700 bar

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Pressure overload (rated pressure)

2 x FS (700 bar: 1.5 x FS)

Connector

ASU 6-03-05PC-HE

3 x FS (700 bar: 2 x FS)

Mating connector
ASU 0-03-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 208-01

Burst pressure (rated pressure)
Operating temp. range-40 to 150°C

Pin 1

US

Thermal zero shift “TZS”± 1 % FSO/100°C (± 2 % FSO/
100°C for ranges ≤ 10 bar or
150 psi)

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Temp. +

Pin 5

Temp. -

1,000 Ohms Platinum DIN EN
60751
63 % response time : 3 s max.

SleeveViton

Wire size

AWG 24

Vibration

2 g (10 Hz to 60 Hz) and 20 g
(60 Hz to 1 KHz)

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Shock (1/2 sine)

50 g (11 ms) and 200 g (6 ms)

Thermal sensitivity shift “TSS”
Temperature sensor RTD± 1 %/100°C (± 1.5 %/100°C for
ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

Connectors and Wires

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

6

252 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Installation Notes
The PSM-SAT can be connected directly to most control units.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
100 % relative humidity is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note

6

The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 3.5 bar
Order number F 02U V01 955-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 6 bar
Order number F 02U V01 956-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 10 bar
Order number F 02U V01 980-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 20 bar
Order number F 02U V01 957-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 35 bar
Order number F 02U V01 958-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 60 bar
Order number F 02U V01 962-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 100 bar
Order number F 02U V01 964-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 200 bar
Order number F 02U V01 965-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 350 bar
Order number F 02U V01 966-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT
0 to 700 bar
Order number F 02U V02 065-01

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 253

Dimensions

6254 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic

6

FeaturesResponse time T10/90

1.5 msCompensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%uAbsolute fluid pressure measurements

Sensitivity

400 mV/bar at US=5 V

uMeasurement range 0.5 to 11.0 bar

Offset

100 mV at US=5 VuAnalog output

uIntegrated series connector

Connectors and Wires

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique.
These are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Application

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-1

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Installation Notes

Application

0.5 to 11 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

The PSS-10 can be connected directly to most control units.

Max. pressure

20 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Mechanical Data

Safety Note

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 255

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10
Order number B 261 209 341-01

Dimensions

6256 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic

6
Featuresu

Relative fluid pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0 to 10 baruAnalog output

uIntegrated series connector

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil, air).
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Response time T10/90

1.5 msCompensated range

0 to 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

400 mV/bar at US=5 V

Offset

500 mV at US=5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Installation Notes

Application
Application

0 to 10 bar (r)The PSS-10R can be connected directly to most control units.

Pressure reference typerelative

Max. pressure

20 bar

The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.

Operating temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Max. vibration

100 m/s rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

2

Technical Specifications

Safety Note

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 257

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R
Order number F 01T A21 312-01

Dimensions

6258 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-100R

6
Features

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSS-100R (5 V)

PSS-100R (12 V)

Operating temp.
range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

40 mV/bar at US = 5V

40 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

500 mV

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-01

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-01

uRelative fluid pressure measurements

Mechanical Datau

Measurement range 0 to 100 bar

Male thread

M10x1

u

Analog output

Wrench size

17 mm

u

Integrated series connector

Installation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main feature of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Application
Application

0 to 100 bar (r)Pressure reference typerelative

Max. pressure

200 barOperating temp. range

Please see variations

Media temp. range

Please see variations

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Electrical Data
Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

Please see variations

Pin 1

Gnd

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 259

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Installation Notes
The PSS-100R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number B 261 209 347-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R
8 to 30 V
Order number F 01T A21 310-01

Dimensions

6260 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-250R

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

16 mV/bar at US = 5V

16 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

500 mV

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 339-01

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 334-01

Mechanical Data

6
Featuresu

Relative fluid pressure measurementsu

Measurement range 0 to 250 baruAnalog output

uIntegrated series connector

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique,which are hermetically welded together with stainlesssteel pressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low priceApplication

Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS)± 2.5 barApplication

0 to 250 bar (r)Tolerance (FS)±1%

Pressure reference typerelative

Sensitivity

Please see variations

Max. pressure

500 barOffsetPlease see variations

Operating temp. range

Please see variations

Media temp. range

Please see variations

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

Please see variations

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Technical Specifications

Pin 3

US

Variations

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Operating temp.
range

PSS-250R (5 V)

PSS-250R (12 V)-40 to 125°C(140°C)-40 to 125°C

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 261

Installation Notes
The PSS-250R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R
4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number B 261 209 965-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R
8 to 30 V
Order number B 261 209 067-01

Dimensions

6262 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260

Weight w/o wire

35.2 g

Sealingsealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic

6

Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure measurementuMeasurement range 0 to 260 baru

For gasoline, Diesel, oil or brake fluiduRobust and compact design

The PSS-260 is specially designed to measure absolutepressure in gasoline direct injection applications. Thissensor is also compatible with other kind of fluids e.g.
Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil or brake fluid.
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve highaccuracy pressure measurements. The stainless steel
measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges are hermetically welded with stainless steel pressure ports. The internal reference ensures ambient pressure independentmeasurements.
The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy,
its wide measurement range and its robust and compact
design.

Application
Application

0 to 260 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

320 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration

127 m/s2 RMS at 800 to 2,500
Hz

Load capacity

10 nF

Output resistance10 Ω

Tolerance (FS)

+ 1 % (0 to 100°C)+ 1.5 % (-40 to 0°C and 100 to
130°C)

Sensitivity

15 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D 261 205 366-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Installation Notes
The PSS-260 can be connected directly to most control units. Pleaseconsider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please consider using the adapter F 02U 002 711-01.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Technical Specifications

Safety Note

Mechanical Data

The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Male thread

M10 x 1

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque22 Nm in steel
32.5 Nm in aluminum06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 263

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260
Order number 0 261 545 030
Accessories
Adapter for PSC-260
Order number F 02U 002 711-01

Dimensions

6

Sensor

Adapter

264 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M6

Weight without wire

30 g

Wrench size

10 mmInstallation torque11.5 Nm

SealingO-ring 13.95 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

6
FeaturesPower supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.5 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic 1uAbsolute fluid pressure and temperature measurementsuPressure measurement range 0.5 to 6.0 baruu

Response time T10/90

1 ms

Output load

10 kΩ

Temperature measurement range -40 to 125°C

Sensitivity

727 mV/bar

Analog output

Offset

136 mVThis sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure
and temperature of various kinds of fluids e.g. Diesel,
gasoline, oil or transmission oil.
The PST-F is equipped with a piezo-resistive pressure
sensor element integrated in a silicon chip together withsignal processing electronics. The active surface of thischip is exposed to a reference vacuum. The temperature
sensor element is an NTC-resistor.
The main feature of this sensor is the integration of two
functions (fluid pressure and fluid temperature) in one
housing.

Characteristic 2

Application

T [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,303-30

26,108-20

15,458

-10

9,395

0

5,671

10

3,791

Application 1

0.5 to 6 bar (a)

20

2,499

Application 2-40 to 125°C

30

1,706

Referenceabsolute

40

1,174

Max. pressure

20 bar50

834

Operating temp. range-40 to 125°C

60

595

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

70

436

Biofuel compatibility

E22, M1580322Max. vibration

40 m/s2 at 1 to 250 Hz
60 m/s2 at 250 to 2,600 Hz
40 m/s2 at 2,600 to 3,200 Hz

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

125

100

Response Time tau 63

45 s in air; v = 6 m/s

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 265

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired strong vibrations.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter is recommended.
(R = 21 kΩ, C = 100 nF)
For the temperature measurement, a 1 kΩ pull-up at 5 V is recommended.

Tolerance

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F
Order number 0 261 230 147

Expansion of Tolerance

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
4-pole Compact

D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

NTC

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

Pressure Sig

6266 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 267

Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2

Installation torque

40 Nm

Sealing

Sealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.5 V US ratiometric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic 1
Response time T10/90

Pressure: 0.2 to 0.8 ms
Temperature: 9 s (response timeof temperature signal in oil dip
bath 20 to 100°C)

Compensated range-40 to 130°C

Tolerance (FS) at US+/- 1 % at 0 to 100°C+/- 1.5 % at -40 to 0°C and 100
to 130°C

Sensitivity

14.3 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

Featuresu

Absolute fluid pressure and temperature measurementsuPressure measurement range 0 to 280 baruTemperature measurement range -40 to 140°C

This sensor is designed to measure absolute gasoline
pressure and gasoline temperature in direct injection
systems.
The pressure measurement is based on the expansion ofa steel diaphragm, where strain gauges are placed to a
Wheatstone bridge. The measured signal is proportional
to the pressure and is processed in an application specific integrated circuit.
The temperature measurement is conducted by an NTC
thermistor. The main feature of this sensor is its compact design and the integration of two functions (temperature and pressure measurements) in a common
housing.

Characteristic 2
T [°C]R [Ω]-40

243,241-30

135,753-20

78,716-10

47,258029,287

10

18,68420

12,240

30

8,218

40

5,642

50

3,955

60

2,826

70

2,055

80

1,519

90

1,141

100

868.4

Technical Specifications

110

669.9

Mechanical Data

120

523.2

130

413.3

140

330.0

Application
Application 1

0 to 280 bar (a)Application 2-40 to 140°C

Reference

Absolute

Max. pressure

340 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-40 to 60°C

Biofuel compatibility

E26, E85

Max. vibration

210 m/s2 at 147 to 1,350 Hz
175 m/s2 at 1,350 to 2,000 Hz

Male thread

M10x1

Weight without wire

36 g

Wrench size

27 mm

6

268 | 06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Connectors and Wires

6

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

F 02U B00 596-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

NTC

Pin 4

US

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
For temperature measurement please use a pull-up resistor with an
optimal value of 4.6 kOhm.
Please note that using the adapter F 02U 002 956-01 in connection
with the PST-F 2 the ambient conditions could be changed (e.g. medium temperature dissipation or undesired vibrations).
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2
Order number 0 261 545 101
Accessories
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2 Adapter
Order number F02U 002 956-01

06 Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 269

Dimensions

Sensor6

Adapter

270 | 06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor RP 40H red

Lifetime

500 x 106 rotations

Housing

Temperature resistant plastic

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 V ± 0.5 V

Current IS< 40 mA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Accuracy< ± 0.5 % FS

Direction of rotation

Clockwise

6
Featuresu

Rotational position measurementuMeasurement range 40° full redundancyuOperating temperature -40 to 125°C

u

Accuracy <±0.5 % FS

Signal 1 / Signal 2This sensor is designed to measure the rotational position of the acceleration pedal.
The electronic is designed with a magnetic rotary sensor
with Hall elements and digital signal processing. The angular position is provided by a two pole magnet integrated in the sensor shaft. A Hall effect sensor is disposed
between two magnets in association with a movablespecially formed ferromagnetic part. This is used to control flux in the sensor in order to produce a linearly varying output voltage dependent on the position.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall effect technology and its robust design for motorsport applications.

Application

Connectors and Wires
Connector
AS 6-07-35PN

F 02U 000 424-01

Mating connector
AS 0-07-35SN

F 02U 000 238-01

Pin 1

Power 5 V Sensor 1

Pin 2

Ground Sensor 1

Pin 3

Signal Sensor 1

Pin 4

Power 5 V Sensor 2

Pin 5

Ground Sensor 2

Measurement range

40° full redundancy

Pin 6

Signal Sensor 2

Operating temperature range-40 to 125°C

SleeveFDR-25Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

150 to 1,000 ± 5 mm

Installation Notes
Technical Specifications
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

50 g

Protection class

IP67

Mounting

2 x M4The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Sensor is at mid point of electrical angle when shaft and wire exit arealigned as shown in the offer drawing.

06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 271

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Rotary Position Sensor RP 40-H red
Order number F 02U V01 997-01

Dimensions

6272 | 06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor RP 86

Total resistance

2 kΩ ±20 %Current Is

18 µA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

No

Connectors and Wires

6

Features

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D 261 205 334-01

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)GnduRotational movement measurement

Pin 3 (C)Sigu

Measurement range: 0 to 86°

Pin 4 (D)-uCompact design

Pin 5 (E)-This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle or spring travel.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and extremely short dimensions

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has an internal mechanical stop and a Ø 14.65x2 sealing.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

Application
Application

0 to 86°

Angle between internal mechanical stops

95°

Operating temperature range-40 to 130°C

Safety Note

Max. vibration

700 m/s

The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Ordering Information

Weight w/o wire

26 g

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

2 x 106 rotations

Housing

Synthetic material

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply

42 V

Rotary Position Sensor RP 86
Order number 0 280 122 016

06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 273

Dimensions

6274 | 06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor MiniRP 100-M

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housing

Aluminum alloy

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply<15 VTotal resistance

1.5 kΩ ± 20%

Current Is

1 μA

Max. allowable contact current

1 mA

Characteristic

6

Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HEu

Rotational movement measurement

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HEu

Measurement range: 0 to 100°

Pin 1 (A)USuCompact design

Pin 2 (B)GnduRobust housing

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle or spring travel.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination ofhigh accuracy, motorsport spec connection and a verysmall and robust aluminum housing.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

Application

0 to 100°

Operating temperature range-55 to 125°C

The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Max. vibration

200 m/s at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Each mounting orientation is possible.

2

Technical Specifications

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Mechanical Data

Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

Weight w/o wire

32 g

Protection class

IP65

Mounting

2 x M4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 275

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Rotary Position Sensor Mini-RP 100-M
Order number B 261 209 587-01

Dimensions

6276 | 06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor
RP 100/130/308

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housing

Synthetic material

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply

42 V

Total resistance

Please see variations

Current Is

1 µA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic

6

Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request

Features

Connectors and Wiresu

Rotational movement measurement

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HEu

Measurement range: 0 to 100°, 0 to 130° or 0 to
308°

Connector loom
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

uWide operating temperature range

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination ofboth high accuracy and motorsport spec connection.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Application
Application

Please see variations

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

Technical Specifications

The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.

Variations

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
RP 100RP 130RP 308Each mounting orientation is possible.

Measuring range

0 to 100°

0 to 130°

0 to 308°

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Total resistance

3 kΩ ± 20 %3 kΩ ± 20 %5 kΩ ± 20 %Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.boschmotorsport.com

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

32 g

Protection class

IP65

06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 277

Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100
Order number B 261 209 127-01
RP 130Order number B 261 209 128-02
RP 308Order number B 261 209 570-01

Dimensions

6278 | 06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor
RP 100 twin

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Max. power supply

42 V

Total resistance

3 kΩ ±20 %Current IS

1 µA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request

6

Redundancy

Featuresu

Rotational movement measurementu

Dual output

uMeasurement range: 0 to 100°uWide operating temperature range

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. gearbox position or throttle angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the extremely high reliability through the redundant sensor design.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Mating connector
AS 0-07-35SN

F 02U 000 238-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig1

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

Gnd

Pin 6

Sig2

SleeveDR-25

Technical Specifications

Wire size

AWG 24

Mechanical Data

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Application
Application

0 to 100°

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s at 5 to 2,000 Hz
2

Weight w/o wire

32 g

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Protection class

IP65

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 10 rotations

Housing

Synthetic material

Installation Notes
6

The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 279

Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (www.boschmotorsport.com).
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100 twin
Order number B 261 209 591-02

Dimensions

6280 | 06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor MiniRP 360-H

Lifetime

500 x 106 rotations

Housing

Aluminum

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 V ± 0.5 V

Current IS< 15 mA

Resolution

0.025 % of measurement range

Characteristic

6

Max. rotation speed

600 min-1

Temperature coefficient< ± 0.003 % FS/°C

Superior accuracy< ± 0.25 % FS

Direction of rotation

Clockwise

Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

Featuresu

Rotational movement measurementuMeasurement range 360°uOperating temperature -40 to 150°C

uSuperior accuracy < ± 0.25 % FS

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle.
The electronic is designed with a magnetic rotary sensor
with Hall elements and digital signal processing. The angular position is provided by a two pole magnet integrated in the sensor shaft. A Hall effect sensor is disposed
between two magnets in association with a movablespecially formed ferromagnetic part. This is used to control flux in the sensor in order to produce a linearly varying output voltage dependent on the position.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall effect technology and its robust design for motorsport applications. Other measurement ranges are available on
request.

Application
Measurement range

360°

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU 6-03-03 PA-HE

Mating connector
ASU 0-03-03SA

F 02U 000 194-01

Pin 1

Power 5 V

Pin 2

GroundPin 3Signal 0.05 to 4.95 V

SleeveFDR-25

Wire size

AWG 26

Wire length L

10 to 30 cm

Technical Specifications

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Mechanical Data

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Weight w/o wire

22 g

Protection class

IP68 & IP69K

Mounting

2 x M3

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.

06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 281

Each mounting orientation is possible.
Sensor is at mid point of electrical angle when shaft and wire exit arealigned as shown in the offer drawing.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Rotary Position Sensor Mini-RP 360-H
Order number F 02U V01 914-01

Dimensions

6282 | 06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Rotary Position Sensor
RP 360-H

Lifetime

20 x 106 operations of ±75°

Housing

Synthetic material

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 ± 0.5 V regulated
9 V to 30 V unregulated

6

Max. power supply

30 V

Total resistance

10 kΩ

Current Is< 12.5 mA

Resolution

0.025 % of measurement range

Output voltage range

0.5 to 4.5 V

Output load

10 kΩ

Characteristic

Featuresu

Rotational movement measurementuHall effect technologyuMeasurement range: 0 to 360°u

Analogue output 0.5 to 4.5 V

Max. rotation speed

600 min-1

Temp. coefficient< 30 ppm/°K in 5 V supply mode

< 90 ppm/°K in 9 V to 30 V supply mode

< 90 ppm/°K in 9 V to 30 V supply mode

Direction of rotation

Anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement, e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position
or steering angle.
The electronic is designed with a magnetic rotary sensor
with Hall elements and digital signal processing. The angular position is provided by a two pole magnet integrated in the sensor shaft. A Hall effect sensor is disposed
between two magnets in association with a movablespecially formed ferromagnetic part. This is used to control flux in the sensor in order to produce a linearly varying output voltage dependent on the position.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall effect technology and its robust design for motorsport applications. Other measurement ranges are available on
request.

Application

No

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

0 to 360°

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

F 02U 000 226-01

Application
Operating temperature range-40 to 140°C (5 V supply)

Pin 1 (A)US

Storage temperature range-55 to 140°C

Pin 2 (B)

GndMax. vibration

200 m/s at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Technical Specifications

Pin 4 (D)-Mechanical Data

Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 45 cm

2

Weight w/o wire

< 35 gProtection class

IP68

Mounting

2 x M4

06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors | 283

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Sensor is at mid point of electrical angle when shaft and wire exit arealigned as shown in the offer drawing.
Operating temperature range for unregulated supply: -40 to 135.7°C(9 V supply). Derate upper temperature limit by 1.7 °C for every 1 V
increase in supply, e.g. -40 to 100°C at 30 V.
Both rotation directions and other measurement ranges are available
on request.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Rotary Position Sensor RP 360-H
Order number F 02U V00 641-02

6

284 | 06 Sensors | Rotary Position Sensors

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 285

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HAD 90

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

20 mA

Characteristic

FeaturesAccuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 1.0 % (≤ 6 kHz)< 1.5 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to < US

EnvironmentuWheel/camshaft*/crankshaft speed

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mmuAlso available with 0°, 180° and 270° mounting position

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmuVery high precision measurement

Width of gap b2

4.7 mmu

Self-learning

Width of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmu

Measuring of differences with 2 Hall sensors

Depth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft*, crankshaft or wheel
speed), but it is not a “true power-on” sensor.
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-D 90, the magnetic field is modulated at
the place of the Hall probe.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a very
good detection of the falling edge, due to a differential
measuring method. This sensor is a combination of ahigh quality production part and robust design with asmall housing.
*: see Installation Notes

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.4 to 1.0 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩOutput type

Active highExternal magnetic fields≤ 50 mTMax. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Nc

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The HA-D 90 is no true-power-on sensor. It needs the falling edge of
two teeth for correct working. After a time of 0.68 s without rotationof the detected wheel it needs again the falling edge of two teeth.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Mounting

Screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.8 mm

The HA-D 90 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems
Please specify the angle between the mounting and the target wheel.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

6

286 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90
Order number F 02U V00 334-01

6

Dimensions

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 287

660-2 Teeth

288 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HADi

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 16 V (24 V for max. 5 min.)Current IS<20 mA

Power-on time

1 ms

Characteristic

6

Signal output width forward

37 to 53 μs (45)Signal output width backward

75 to 105 μs (90)

Accuracy (tolerance)±1.5° (for forward direction)

Signal output

0.52 V to < US

Featuresu

Wheel / crankshaft speedu

Available with 0°, 90°, 180° and 270° mounting positionu

Detecting the rotational directionuSelf-learningu

Measuring of differences with 3 Hall sensors

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational wheel or crankshaft speed.
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-Di, the magnetic field of the built-in magnet is modulated at the place of the sensors diff.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the detection of the rotational direction.

Application

Signal output width (forward: green, backward: red)
Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz forward≤ 6 kHz backward

Target wheel air gap AG

0.4 to 1.2 mm

Alternative Target Wheel

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Target wheel diameter

118 to 370 mm

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩWidth of teeth b1

2.2 to 3.8 mm

External magnetic fields≤ 100 mT

Width of gap b2≥4 mm

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Depth of teeth h≥4 mm

Technical Specifications

Target wheel width≥5 mm

Mechanical Data

Relative magnetic permeability

μ (r) ≥1000

2

Weight w/o wire

12 g

Connectors and Wires

Mounting

Screw 1 x M6

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Bore diameter

12 + 0.2 mm

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U 000 228-01

Pin 1

US

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 289

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Nc

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The HA-Di is no true-power-on sensor. It needs the falling edge of trigger wheel teeth for correct working. After a time of 0.68 s without rotation of the detected wheel it needs again the falling edge of twoteeth.
Please specify the angle between the mounting and the target wheel.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di 0
Order number F 02U V01 802-01
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di 90
Order number F 02U V01 803-01
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di 180
Order number F 02U V01 804-01
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di 270
Order number F 02U V01 805-01

6

290 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Dimensions

6

Direction of rotation of the target wheel, View A

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 291

660-2 Teeth

292 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M

Pin 3

Sig

Active high, without connector
Red

US

Black

Gnd

Green

Sig

Mechanical Data

Features6

Weight w/o wire

12 g

Mounting

1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.8 mmuCamshaft/crankshaft/wheel speed

Installation depth L2

30 mm

u

Max. frequency 10 kHz

Tightening torque

6 Nm

u

Self-learning

Electrical Datau

Active high/low programmable

Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

5.6 to 18 mA

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or wheel
speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-M, the magnetic field is modulated at theplace of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor elementwith integrated signal conditioning circuit detects thischange and generates a digital output signal. We offer
this sensor with two different types of output: Active
high and Active low.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing and motorsport connectors.

Application

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 4 % (≤ 6 kHz)
< 8 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to < Us

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmApplication

Speed

Width of gap b2

4.7 mmMax. frequency≤10 kHz

Width of sync. gap b3

20.79 mm

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 1.5 mm

Depth of teeth h

3.4 mmTemperature range- 40 to 160°C

Number of teeth

60-2

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Connectors and Wires

Output type

Please see Ordering Information

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

External magnetic fields< 1 mT

Pin layout

Please see Variations

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

SleeveDR-25

Technical Specifications

Wire size

AWG 24

Variations

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

2

Active low with connector / active high with connector

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Connector

ASU 6-03-03PN-HE

Installation Notes

Mating connector
ASU 0-03-03SN-HE

F 02U 000 199-01

The HA-M can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.

Pin 1

US

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Pin 2

Gnd

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 293

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
HA-M
Active low
Order number B 261 209 283-01
HA-M
Active highOrder number B 261 209 295-01
HA-M
Active high, without connector
Order number F 02U V00 627-01

Dimensions

6294 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

660-2 Teeth

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 295

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P

Electrical Data
Power supply

4.5 to 24 V

Current IS

10 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 1.5 % (≤6 kHz)< 2 % (≤10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Environment

FeaturesuCamshaft or Wheel speedu24.0 mm depthuRobust designuActive low

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft or wheel speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated at theplace of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor elementwith integrated signal conditioning circuit detects thischange and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing.

Application

Connector

1 928 404 227

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Installation Notes
The HA-P can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.

Application

Speed

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHzFor mounting please use only the integrated plug.

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 1.4 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Output type

Active low

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩMax. vibration

1,000 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Weight w/o wire

70 g

Mounting

With screw 1 x M6Ordering Information

Bore diameter

18 mm

Installation depth L2

24 mm

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P
Order number 0 232 103 037

Tightening torque

8 Nm

6

296 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Dimensions

660-2 Teeth

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 297

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HAP2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Bore diameter

15 mm

Installation depth L2

15 mm

Mounting

With screw 1 x M6Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 18 V

Current Is

10 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of toothFeaturesup to 1.5 mm
up to 2.5 mm< 4 % (≤ 10 kHz)
< 8 % (≤ 10 kHz)
0.4 V to < USuWheel/camshaft/crankshaft speed

Signal output

u

15 mm depth

Connectors and Wiresu

Very small housing

ConnectoruVery light weight

Hirschmann 872-658-501
Cod.A

u

Active low

Mating connector

F 02U B00 520-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

Gnd

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-P2, the magnetic field is modulated at
the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor elementwith integrated signal conditioning circuit detects thischange and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part, robust design,
very small housing and low weight.

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmApplication

Width of gap b2

4.7 mmApplication

Width of sync. gap b3

20.79 mm

Application

Speed

Depth of teeth h1

3.4 mmMax. frequency≤10 kHz

Number of teeth

60-2

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 2.5 mm

Installation Notes

Temperature range-40 to 160°C

Application Notes

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩOutput type

Active low

The HA-P2 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.

External magnetic fields< 0.1 mT

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

6298 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2
Order number 0 232 103 111

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 299

660-2 Teeth

300 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor MiniHA-P

Pin 1

US

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Sig

Pin 3

Sig

Gnd

Pin 4

Nc

-

Pin 5

Nc

-

Mechanical Data

6

Weight w/o wire

19.2 gMounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.5 mm

Installation depth L2

9 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
FeaturesPower supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

10 mA

u

Camshaft or Wheel speed

CharacteristicuMax. frequency ≤10 kHz

uHigh vibration resistanceAccuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤ 6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤ 10 kHz)u

Low weight

Signal output

0.4 V to < USu

Small housing

Environment

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft or wheel speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the Mini-HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated
at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor element with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects
this change and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and robust design with a very small housing.

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmApplication

Number of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.2 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩOutput type

Active low

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mTMax. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Connector

Please see Variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

Wire size

AWG 20

Wire length L< 27 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The Mini-HA-P can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.

Technical Specifications
Variations
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

1 234 482 092

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

F 02U B00 555-01

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 301

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Mini-HA-P
ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
Order number F 02U V00 564-02
Mini-HA-P
1 234 482 092
Order number F 02U V00 566-02

6

302 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 303

660-2 Teeth

304 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor MiniHA-P sealed

Technical Specifications
Variations
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Without connector

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE
F 02U 000 228-01

-

Pin 1

US

US (red)

Pin 2

Gnd

Sig (green)

Pin 3

Sig

Gnd (black)

Pin 4

Nc

-

Pin 5

Nc

-

Wire length L

10 – 27 cm

27 cm

Mechanical Data

6
FeaturesWeight w/o wire

19.2 gMounting

With screw 1 x M6uWheel/camshaft/crankshaft speed

Bore diameter

16 mm

u

Max. frequency ≤10 kHz

Installation depth L2

12 mm

u

High vibration resistance

Tightening torque

8 Nm

u

Very small housing

Electrical DatauO-ring sealing

Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

10 mA

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft and wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the Mini-HA-P sealed, the magnetic field is
modulated at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effectsensor element with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects this change and generates a digital output
signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of a high quality production part and a robust design with a very small housing.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.2 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kΩOutput type

Active low

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mTMax. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see Variations

SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

Wire size

AWG 20

Wire length L

Please see Variations

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 305

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The Mini-HA-P sealed can be connected directly to most control units
and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini HA-P sealed
Motorsport connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
Order number F 02U V00 500-01
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini HA-P sealed
Without connector
Order number F 02U V00 570-01

Dimensions

+0.1

6

306 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

660-2 Teeth

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 307

Inductive Speed Sensor IA

Electrical Data
Coil resistance

1,200 ΩInductance max.

400 mH

Output voltage max.

190 VP-P

Environment

Featuresu

Crankshaft/wheel speedu32.2 mm depth/leaduBore diameter 12.5 mm

uMax. operating temperature 230°C

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel speed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and robust, high temperature resistance. Additionally the installation depth canbe changed according to the customer request.

Application

Connectors and Wires

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

F 02U 000 237-01

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230°C

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Pin 3

Sig

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Pin 4

-

Technical Specifications

Pin 5

Scr

Mechanical Data

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

12.5 mm

Weight w/o wire

30 g

Installation depth L2

32.2 mm

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

6

308 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IA is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
The installation depth L2 can be changed individually according tocustomer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note

6

The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IA
Order number F 02U V02 201-01
Inductive Speed Sensor IA
Without connector
Order number F 02U V02 201-90

Dimensions

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 309

60-2 Teeth

6310 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C

Electrical Data
Coil resistance860 Ω ± 10 %Inductance max.

370 mH ± 15 %Output voltage max.

200 VP-P

Environment

Features6uCrankshaft/wheel speedu24.0 mm, 315° depth/leaduBore diameter 18 mm

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheelspeed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
It is available in a DR-25 sleeve with various connector
options.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and robust, compact design.

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires
Connector

1 928 404 227

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

Sig+

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 130°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

18 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

40 g

Installation depth L2

23.7 mm

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IA-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 311

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
The inductive speed sensor IA-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C
Order number 0 261 210 136

Dimensions

660-2 Teeth

312 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor IS

Weight w/o wire

30 g

Installation depth L2

32.2 mmElectrical Data
Coil resistance

1,200 ΩInductance max.

400 mH

Output voltage max.

190 V P-P

Environment

6

Features

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmu

Crankshaft/wheel speed

Depth of teeth h2

1.75 mmu32.2 mm depth/lead

Number of teeth

60-2

u

Bore diameter 12.5 mm

Connectors and WiresuMax. operating temperature 230°C

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel speed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and robust, high temperature resistance. Additionally the installation depth canbe changed according to the customer request.

Application

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

F 02U 000 237-01

Pin 1

Nc

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 2410 to 100 cm

Application

Speed

Wire length L

Max. frequency≤15 kHz

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

12.5 mmTightening torque

8 Nm

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 313

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IS is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
The installation depth L2 can be changed individually according tocustomer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IS
Order number F 02U V02 161-01
Inductive Speed Sensor IS
Without connector
Order number F 02U V02 161-90

Dimensions

6314 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

660-2 Teeth

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 315

Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C

Weight w/o wire

25 g

Installation depth L2

24.1 mmElectrical Data
Coil resistance340 Ω

Inductance max.

64 mH

Environment

Features

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wiresu

Crankshaft or Wheel speedu

3/8-24 UNF-2A THD

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HEu

Bore diameter 12.9 mm

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

F 02U 000 237-01

uMetal housing

Pin 1

Nc

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Scr

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel speed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with asoft magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil withtwo connections. Every time a ferromagnetic ring gearturns past this sensor, it generates a voltage in the coilwhich is directly proportional to the periodic variation in
the magnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part with very compact design,and high temperature resistance.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

Round

Bore diameter

12.9 mmTightening torque

8 Nm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

Max. 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

6

316 | 06 Sensors | Speed Sensors

6

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IS-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
This sensor is also available with a M10x1 male thread.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C
Order number B 261 209 609-01

Dimensions

06 Sensors | Speed Sensors | 317

60-2 Teeth

6

318 | 06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M3HS

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneouscond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

1%

Response time tau 63 in still water<4s

Characteristic Application

Features6uWide measurement range: -55 to 300°C

u

Very short response timeuStrong protection against ambient temperatureuCompact design (Thread M3x1)

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very compact design
and its very short response time.

Application
Application-55 to 300°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M3x1

Wrench size

8 mm

Installation torque

1 Nm

Weight w/o wire

5g

Sealing

O-Ring 2.8 x 1.6 mm

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance

10 kΩ

T [°C]R [Ω]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

120

578.1

140

368.8

160

244.4

180

167.6

200

118.5

220

86.08

240

64.08

260

48.76

280

37.86

300

29.94

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASX 6-02-03PB

Mating connector
ASX 0-02-03SB

F 02U 000 231-01

06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 319

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M3-HS can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistance (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
NTC M3-HS
Order number F 02U V01 605-01

Dimensions

6320 | 06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M5HS

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance

10 kΩCharacteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneouscond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

1%

Response time tau 63 in still water<4s

Characteristic Application

6
Features

T [°C]R [Ω]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668uWide measurement range: -55 to 300°C-1044,087uVery short response time

027,936uStrong protection against ambient temperature

10

18,187uCompact and robust design

20

12,13625

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

120

578.1

140

368.8

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very compact design
and its very short response time.

Application
Application-55 to 300°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Bio fuel compatibility

-

160

244.4

Technical Specifications

180

167.6

Mechanical Data

200

118.5

Male thread

M5x1

220

86.08

Wrench size

8 mm

240

64.08

Installation torque

8 Nm

260

48.76

Weight w/o wire

6g

280

37.86

Sealing

O-Ring 4 x 1 mm

300

29.94

06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 321

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M5-HS can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistance (typically 1 or 3 kΩ) .
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS
Order number F 02U V00 510-01

6322 | 06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 323

Temperature Sensor NTC M6HS

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25 °C (homogeneous cond.)± 0.3 °C

Accuracy at 100 °C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3 °C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

1%

Response time tau 63 in still water<4s

Characteristic Application

Featuresu

Wide measurement range: -55 to 300°C

u

Very short response timeuStrong protection against ambient temperatureu

Robust design

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300 °C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust and compact design and its very short response time.

Application

T [°C]R [Ω]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

Application-55 to 300 °C

120

578.1

Storage temperature range

0 to 100 °C

130

459.4

Bio fuel compatibility

-

140

368.8

Technical Specifications

150

298.9

Mechanical Data

160

244.4

170

201.6

180

167.6

190

140.4

200

118.5

210

100.7

220

86.08

230

74.05

240

64.08

Male thread

M6x1

Wrench size

10 mmInstallation torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

6.5 g

Sealing

O-Ring 4.47 x 1.78 mm

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 25 °C

10 kΩ

6

324 | 06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

250

55.75

260

48.76

270

42.87

280

37.86

290

33.59

300

29.94

6
Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M6-HS can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS
Order number F 02U V00 486-01

06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 325

Dimensions

6326 | 06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor NTC M8HS

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneouscond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

1%

Response time tau 63 in still water<4s

Characteristic Application

6

Featuresu

Wide measurement range: -55 to 300°C

u

Very short response timeuStrong protection against ambient temperatureu

Robust design

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases.
To improve a good protection against the ambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust design
and its very short response time.

Application
Application-55 to 300°C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

12 mm

Installation torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

8g

Sealing

O-Ring 6.35 x 1.78 mm

Electrical Data

T [°C]R [Ω]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

120

578.1

130

459.4

140

368.8

150

298.9

160

244.4

170

201.6

180

167.6

190

140.4

200

118.5

210

100.7

220

86.08

Characteristic

NTC

230

74.05

Nominal resistance

10 kΩ

240

64.08

06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 327

250

55.75

Ordering Information

260

48.76

270

42.87

Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS
Order number F 02U V00 509-01

280

37.86

290

33.59

300

29.94

6
Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

F 02U 000 231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M8-HS can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

328 | 06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Dimensions

6

06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 329

Temperature Sensor NTC M12

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 3.4°C

Response time tau 63 in still water< 15 sCharacteristic Application

Features

T [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

u

Measurement range: -40 to 130°C

20

2,500

u

Robust design

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturese.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust compact design.

Application
Application-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 100°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

600 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

25 Nm

Connectors and Wires

Weight w/o wire

29 gConnector

Bosch Jetronic

Sealing

Not included

Mating connector
2-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 288-01

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kΩ ± 5 %6330 | 06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Installation Notes
The NTC M12 can be connected directly to most control units using apull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.boschmotorsport.com
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

6

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12
Order number 0 280 130 026

Dimensions

06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 331

Temperature Sensor NTC M12H

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 0.8°C

Response time tau 63 in still water< 15 sCharacteristic Application

Featuresu

Measurement range: -40 to 150°C

u

Robust design

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturese.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust compact design.

Application
Application-40 to 150°C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2

T [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

150

57

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

18 Nm

Weight w/o wire

28.3 g

Sealing

Al-washer

Connectors and Wires

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kΩ ± 20°C

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
2-pole Compact

D 261 205 337-01

6

332 | 06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

Installation Notes
The NTC M12-H can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note

6

The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H
Order number 0 281 002 170

Dimensions

06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 333

Temperature Sensor NTC M12L

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 3.4°C

Response time tau 63 in still water< 10 sCharacteristic Application

Features

T [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

u

Measurement range: -40 to 140°C

10

3,792

u

Air temperature measurement

20

2,500

u

Robust design

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

This sensor is designed to measure air temperature e.g.
in the air box or ambient temperature. The signal may
be used as a control value for engine control units or asa measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust and compact
design.

Application
Application-40 to 140°C

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2 at 50 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

24.6 g

Sealing

Not included

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance ± 5%

2.5 kΩ at 20°C

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
2-pole Jetronic

D 261 205 288-01

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

6

334 | 06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Installation Notes
The NTC M12-L can be connected directly to most control units using
a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information

6

Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L
Order number 0 280 130 039

Dimensions

06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 335

Temperature Sensor Infrared
TI-20-r-8

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Protection class

IP64

Dimensions

31 x 17 x 11 mm

Weight without wire

15 g

Electrical Data
Power supply Us

6 to 16 V

Current IS

17 mA

Response time

260 ms at FS

Characteristic

Features

Emissivity for rubber

0.95

Optical resolution

6.5 : 1

Spectral range

8 to 14 µm

Resolution

0.1°C/Bit

Accuracy at FS± 2.2°C or ± 1 % FS

Frequency

10 Hz or 1 Hz on request (default 10 Hz)u

Non-contact temperature measurementuMeasurement range: -20 to 200°Cu

CAN protocol with 8 channels

Connectors and Wiresu

Compact size and robust aluminum housing

Connector

ASX 6-02-05PA-HE

Mating connector
ASX 0-02-05SA-HE

F 02U 0003 319-01

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

CAN H

Pin 4

CAN L

Pin 5

Not connected

This infrared temperature sensor is designed for noncontact surface temperature measurement of various
parts (e.g. tires) based on IR radiation.
Using ruggedized silicon-coated optics with internal
electronics and cabling packaged inside stainless steel
housing, this sensor measures the emitted infrared radiation of an object and calculates its temperature.
The main features of this sensor are its compact size,
robust design, high signal quality and its high speed
1Mbaud/s CAN-signal output. In addition, it offers theability to change several parameters such as CAN speed,
refresh rate, CAN ID and measurement unit by request.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveEPD 116760A

Wire size

AWG 26

Wire length L

150-1000 mm

Application-20 to 200°C

Measurement

8 channels in line

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-20 to 100°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 125°C

CAN Message

Max. vibration any axis

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

CAN ID 0x03F0

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Byte

Value

0

Channel 11
2
3

Channel 26336 | 06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors

4

Channel 3

Sensor can be mounted in any orientation.

5

Do not disconnect the electronics housing from the sensor.

6

Channel 4

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

7

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

CAN ID 0x03F4
Byte

Value

0

Channel 5

To clean the lens, use only a soft, wet (water or water based glasscleaner) cloth -> NO DISSOLVER cleaner!
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

1
2

Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.

Channel 6

Safety Note

3
4

6The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Channel 756Channel 8

Ordering Information

7

Temperature Sensor Infrared TI-20-r-8
Order number F 02U V02 040-01

CAN Signal
Channel x
Length16 BitByte order

Motorola (Big Endian)

Bit mask

SignedFactor

0.1°C/Bit

Offset0.0

CAN Parameter
CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s (default 1 Mbaud)

Please specify the requested frequency and CAN speed with your order

Measurement Distance
Distance (mm)⌀ target per channel(mm)

Total width (mm)

200

30

152

300

45

228

400

60

304

500

75

380

600

90

456

700

105

532

Installation Notes
The TI-20-r-8 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
The predefined emissivity can differ from the real emissivity.

06 Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 337

Dimensions

6338 | 06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Thermocouple Probe TCP K

Features

6u

Thermocouple Type Ku

Thermo material: NiCr-Niu

Measurement range: -200 to 1,000°C (1,300°C)u

Flexible mounting depthuAnalog output (Thermo voltage)

This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,300°C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors, which generates a small temperature corresponding voltage, due totheir thermo electrical behaviour, without any additional
external energy. The mantle thermocouple has a metal
mantle which includes two inner wires made of thermo
material (NiCr-Ni). The wires are isolated.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a very
quick response time, the combination of high quality
production part and robust design with metal housing
and motorsport connector.

Characteristic Application
Accuracy (max. value)± 1.5 °C or 0.004 * t
T [°C]-200

U [mV]-5.891-100-3.554

0

0.000

100

4.096

200

8.138

300

12.209400

16.397500

20.644600

24.905700

29.129800

33.275900

37.3261,000

41.2761,100

45.1191,200

48.8381,300

52.410Application
Application-200 to 1,000°C (1,300)°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 to 500 Hz

Connectors and Wires

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Male thread

See adapter

Mating connector
ASL 0-06-05SD-HE

F 02U 000 229-01

Wrench size

See adapter

Pin 1

-

Installation torqueSee adapter

Pin 2

Sig-

Weight with wire

47 g

Pin 3

Sig+

Sensor tip bend radius

R 20

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Src

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

NiCr/Ni Typ K

SleeveDR-25

Full scale output

DIN IEC 584-1

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 75 cm

06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 339

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The TCP K can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with thermocouple inputs (w/o pull-up resistant) or to external devices, which amplify the sensor voltage.
Recommended max. continuous utilization temperature 1,000°C,
short-term utilization temperature 1,300°C.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer request.
The sensor tip is flexible/ bendable and can be fixed by a special
adapter (B 261 209 159-01).
The length of the sensor tip can be modified on request.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Thermocouple Probe TCP K
Order number B 261 209 385-01
Accessories
Thermocouple Probe TCP K Adapter
Order number B 261 209 159-01

Dimensions

Sensor6

340 | 06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Adapter6

06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 341

Thermocouple Probe TCP KA

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

12 V

Full scale output

0 to 5 V

Characteristic Application

Featuresu

Thermocouple Type Ku

Thermo material: NiCr-Niu

Measurement range: 0 to 1,250°C

u

Analog output (0 to 5 V)

This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,250°C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors, which supply atemperature corresponding voltage, due to its thermoelectric behavior, without any additional external energy
source. The mantle thermocouple has a metal mantle
which includes two inner wires made of thermo material(Ni CrSi - NiSi). The wires are isolated. The voltage isamplified by an electronic circuit, which is powered by
12 V and supplies an output signal from 0 to 5 V. Please
note that the operating temperature of the external
electronics is from 0 to 120°C.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of high quality production part, robust design
and its integrated amplifier.

Measuring range

0 to 1,250°C

T [°C]

U [mV]

0

0

50

197

100

399

200

793

300

1,190

400

1,598

500

2,012

600

2,427

700

2,839

800

3,243

900

3,638

1,000

4,022

1,100

4,396

1,200

4,759

1,250

5,000

Application
Application

0 to 1,250°C

Operating temp. range (ext.
electronics)

0 to 120°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight with wire

85 gLength250 mmConnectors and Wires
Connector

F 02U B00 292-01

Mating connector

D 261 205 357-01

Pin 1

Sig

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

6342 | 06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 75 cm

Installation Notes
The TCP KA can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with a 0 to 5
V analog signal input (w/o pull-up resistor) or to external data logging
devices.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer’s
request.
Please note that the operating temperature range of the external electronics is from 0 to 120°C.
Recommended bending radius of the wire of the sensor element isminimum 20 mm to ensure the sensor works properly and for a longer
lifespan of the sensor.

6

Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA
Order number F 02U V01 664-01
Accessories
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA Adapter
Order number F 02U V01 185-01

Dimensions

Sensor

06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 343

Adapter

6

344 | 06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Thermocouple Probe TCP KC

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

5 to 16 V

Full scale output

0 to 5 V

Characteristic Application

Features

6u

Thermocouple Type Ku

Thermo material: NiCr-Niu

Measurement range: 0 to 1,200°C

u

Analog output

This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,200°C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors, which supply atemperature corresponding voltage without any additional external energy source. The mantle thermocouple
has a metal mantle which includes two isolated wires
made of thermomaterial NiCr-Ni Type K. The voltage isamplified by an electronic circuit, which is powered by
12 V and supplies an output signal from 0 to 5 V. The
sensing element is protected with a single-walled housing made of Nimonic 75 to make possible its application
before turbo chargers. Please note that the operating
temperature of the external electronics is from 0 to
120°C. The benefits of this sensor are its ample robustness and response characteristics at more attractive
price. It is suited for motorsport applications and also
features an integrated amplifier.

Application

Measuring range

0 to 1,200°C

T [°C]

U [mV]

0

0

50

197

100

399

200

793

300

1190

400

1598

500

2012

600

2427

700

2839

800

3243

900

3638

1,000

4022

1,100

4396

1,200

4759

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU 6-03-03PD-HE

Mating connector

ASU 0-03-03SD-HE

Pin 1

Power Supply 5 to 16 V

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Signal 0 to 5 V

Application

0 to 1,200°C

Sleeve from sensor to amplifier

DR-12

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Sleeve from amplifier to connector

DR-25

Operating temp. range (ext.
electronics)

0 to 120°C

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

1,280 to 2,000 mm

Cable length recommendation

L = 1,030 mm + 50 mm + L3
L3 = 200 mm ≤ 920 mm

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M8x1

Installation Notes

Wrench size

11 mm

Installation torque

12 Nm

The TCP KC can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with a 0 to 5
V analog signal input (w/o pull-up resistor) or to external data logging
devices.

Weight w/o wire

Ca. 18 g

Length

80 mm

The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer’s
request.
Please note that the operating temperature range of the external electronics is from 0 to 120°C.

06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 345

Recommended bending radius of the wire of the sensor element isminimum 20 mm to ensure the sensor works properly and for a longer
lifespan of the sensor.
Any mounting orientation is possible.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Thermocouple Probe TCP KC
Order number F 02U V02 041-01

Dimensions

6346 | 06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Thermocouple Probe TCP KN 2

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

5 to 16 V

Full scale output

0 to 5 V

Characteristic Application

6
Featuresu

Thermocouple Type Ku

Thermo material: NiCr-Niu

Measurement range: 0 to 1,250°C

u

Analog output (0 to 5 V)

This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas temperatures up to 1,250°C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors, which supply atemperature corresponding voltage without any additional external energy source. The mantle thermocouple
has a metal mantle which includes two isolated wires
made of thermomaterial NiCr-Ni Type K. The voltage isamplified by an electronic circuit, which is powered by
12 V and supplies an output signal from 0 to 5 V. The
sensing element is protected with a double housing
made of Nimonic 75 to make possible its application before turbo chargers. Please note that the operating temperature of the external electronics is from 0 to 125°C.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of high quality production part, robust design
and its integrated amplifier.

Measuring range

0 to 1,250°C

T [°C]

U [mV]

0

0

50

197

100

399

200

793

300

1,190

400

1,598

500

2,012

600

2,427

700

2,839

800

3,243

900

3,638

1,000

4,022

1,100

4,396

1,200

4,759

1,250

5,000

Application
Application

0 to 1,250°C

Operating temp. range (ext.
electronics)

0 to 125°C

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU 6-03-03PB-HE

Technical Specifications

Mating connector

ASU 0-03-03SB-HE

Mechanical Data

Pin 1

Power Supply

Male thread

M14x1.5

Pin 2

GND

Wrench size

17 mm

Pin 3

SignalInstallation torque

15 Nm

SleeveDR-25

Weight with wire

85 g

Wire size

AWG 24

Length81 mm

Wire length L

15 to 75 cm

06 Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 347

Installation Notes
The TCP KN2 can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with a 0 to
5 V analog signal input (w/o pull-up resistor) or to external data logging devices.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer’s
request.
Please note that the operating temperature range of the external electronics is from 0 to 125°C.
Recommended bending radius of the wire of the sensor element isminimum 20 mm to ensure the sensor works properly and for a longer
lifespan of the sensor.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Thermocouple Probe TCP KN 2
Order number F 02U V01 863-01

Dimensions

6348 | 06 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

90 mA

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174
Byte

Value

0

Yaw rate

1
2

Reserved

3

6

4

Acc Y-axis

5

Features6

Reserved
Unusedu2-axis rotation rate (yaw rate, roll rate)7u3-axis accelerometer (X, Y, Z)

CAN ID 02 0x178u

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud CAN-output

Byte

Value

u

15 Hz low-pass filtered0

Roll rateuMeasurement ranges: ±4.2 g; ±163°/s

1

The MM5.10 was designed to measure the physical effects of rotational and linear acceleration. In order toachieve this, the sensor includes MEMS measuring elements connected to an appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotational acceleration around the integrated sensing
elements generates a Coriolis force which changes theinternal capacity of the micro machined sensing parts.
Furthermore, a pure surface micro machined element isused to measure the vehicle linear acceleration in all 3
axis. This combination of rotational and lineal acceleration sensors enables a precise measurement of the vehicle dynamics.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the combination of 3 linear and 2 rotational accelerometers andits high speed 1 Mbaud/s CAN-signal output.

2

Application

1

Application I±163°/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

Application II±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

Reserved

3
4

Acc X-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x17C
Byte

Value

0

Reserved

2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Z-axis

5Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

35 g

Size

80 x 56 x 21 mm

6Reserved

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I
Measuring range± 160°/s

Over range limit± 1,000°/s

06 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors | 349

Absolute physical resolution

0.1°/sFor mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.

Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Characteristic Application II
Measuring range±4.2 gPlease find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage and calibration sheet.

Over range limit±10 g

Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.

Absolute physical resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Connectors and Wires
Connector (1)AMP 114-18063-076

Mating connector (1)F 02U B00 435-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

CANL

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

UBat

Connector (3)ASL-6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector (3)ASL-0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

UBat

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

CANL

Pin 5

Not connected

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

CAN Parameters
Byte order

LSB (Intel)

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s

Bit mask

unsigned

Offset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Quantization Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Acc X-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Y-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Z-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Installation Notes
The MM5.10 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Ordering Information
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10
Without wire (1)Order number F 02U V01 511-02
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10
Wire with open end (2)Order number F 02U V01 511-91
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10
Wire with motorsport connector (3)Order number F 02U V01 512-02

6

350 | 06 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

Dimensions

6

Axis Scheme

06 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors | 351

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

90 mA

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174
Byte

Value

0

Yaw rate

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Y-axis

5

Featuresu2-axis rotation rate (yaw rate, roll rate)u

3-axis accelerometer (X, Y, Z)u

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud CAN-outputuAluminum housinguIntegrated motorsport connector

6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x178
Byte

Value

0

Roll rate

1

The MM5.10-R was designed to measure the physical effects of rotational and linear acceleration. In order toachieve this, the sensor includes MEMS measuring elements connected to an appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotational acceleration around the integrated sensing
elements generates a Coriolis force which changes theinternal capacity of the micro machined sensing parts.
Furthermore, a pure surface micro machined element isused to measure the vehicle lineal acceleration in all 3
axes. This combination of rotational and linear acceleration sensors enables a precise measurement of the vehicle dynamics.
The main features and benefits of this sensor are thealuminum compact housing, the combination of 3 linear
and 2 rotational accelerometers and its high speed 1
Mbaud/s CAN-signal output.

2

Application

2

Application I±163°/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

Application II±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

28 g

Size

34 x 34 x 16.5 mm

Reserved

3
4

Acc X-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x17C
Byte

Value

0

Reserved

1
Reserved

3
4

Acc Z-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I
Measuring range± 160°/s

Over range limit± 1,000°/s

6352 | 06 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

Absolute physical resolution

0.1°/sOrdering Information

Cut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R
Order number F 02U V02 007-01

Characteristic Application II
Measuring range±4.2 gOver range limit±10 g

Absolute physical resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Connectors and Wires

6

Connector

ASX 0-02-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASX 6-02-05SA-HE

Pin 1

UBat

Pin 2

CANH

Pin 3

Not connected

Pin 4

CANL

Pin 5

Gnd

SleeveDR-25

CAN Parameters
Byte order

LSB (Intel)

CAN speed

1 Mbaud/s or 500 kbaud/s

Bit mask

unsigned

Offset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Quantization Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Acc X-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Y-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Z-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Installation Notes
The MM5.10-R can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage and calibration sheet.
Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

06 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors | 353

Dimensions

6354 | 06 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174
Byte

Value

0

Yaw Rate

1
2

Yaw STAT

3

Reserved

4

Acc Y

5

6

6

Acc Y STAT

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x178

Features

Byte

Value

0

Roll Rate

1u

Yaw-rate, roll-rate and acceleration measurementsu2-axis accelerometeru

CAN-output

u

15 Hz low-pass filteredu

Measurement ranges: ±4.1 g; ±160°/s

This sensor is designed to measure the acceleration andthe rate of turn in two axis (yaw rate Ωz, roll rate Ωx, lateral acceleration ay and longitudinal acceleration az).
An internal diagnosis indicates too high vibrations orturning rates. In combination with a MS 5 ECU and its
algorithm a very precise lean angle of motorcycles canbe calculated.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is its widemeasuring range, the standardized 1 Mbaud CAN- signal
output and the combination of high quality production
part and robust design.

Application

2

Roll STAT

3

Reserved

4

Acc X

5
6

AccX STAT

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I
Measuring range± 160°/s

Over range limit± 1,000°/s

Absolute resolution

0.1°/sCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Characteristic Application II

Application I±160°/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

Application II±4.1 g (X and Y acceleration)

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Measuring range±4.1 gOver range limit±10 g

Absolute resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Connectors and Wires

Weight w/o wire

96 g

Connector

AMP 114-18063-076

Size

33 x 98 x 91 mm

Mating connector

F 02U B00 240-01

Pin 1

GND

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Pin 2

CANL

Max input current

200 mA

Pin 3

CANH

Power up time

< 150 ms

Pin 4

UBAT

06 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors | 355

CAN Parameters

Ordering Information

Byte order

Little endian, high-byte/lowbyte, IntelCAN speed

1 MBaud

CAN refresh rate

10 ms

Identifier length

11 bitBit mask

signedOffset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Quantization Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Acc X-Axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Y-Axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Conversion formula
Yaw rate [°/s] = (Hex-value – 8000 h) * 0.005 [°/s/digit]
Roll rate [°/s] = (Hex-value – 8000 h) * 0.005 [°/s/digit]

Bit combination of sensor status
Yaw_STAT, Roll_STAT, AccY_STAT and ACCX_STAT
Xx00 xxxx = signal in specification
Xx01 xxxx = sensor not available
Xx10 xxxx = signal failure
Xx11 xxxx = reserved
X1xx xxxx = initialization is running
X0xx xxxx = initialization is ready1xxx xxxx = reserved
0xxx xxxx = reserved

Installation Notes
Important: In order not to exceed the maximum vibration level, themount should be damped and not resonate.
For measuring the yaw and roll rate the LAS-1 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
The lean angle of motorcycles can be calculated in a MS 5 with motorcycle functionality.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Safety Note
The Sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications
without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application
system.

Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1
Order number F 02U V00 657-01

6

356 | 06 Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics Sensors

Dimensions

6

07 Brake Control

7

ABS

358

358 | 07 Brake Control | ABS

ABS M4 Kit Variations

7

Type

ABS M4 Kit

ABS M4 Kit

ABS M4 Kit Porsche 997
Cup

ABS M4 Kit Porsche 991
Cup

Type

Kit 1

Kit 2

997

991

Wiring harness

SpecificSpecificSpecificSpecific

4 wheel speed sensors
DF11S

Included, with standard
connectors

Included, with motorsport
connectors

Included, Porsche specific
DF11S

Not included, series sensors fit

Wheel speed signal splitter

Optional*

Optional*

Included, Porsche specificIncluded, new DF11i design

Fuses

Not included

Not included

Not included

IncludedBrake pipe fittings

Not included

Not included

Not included

Included*Purchasable as part of the kit (extra charge)
Type

ABS M4 Kit Clubsport

ABS M4 Kit Clubsport

ABS M4 Kit Clubsport

ABS M4 Kit Clubsport

Type

1 MBaud, DF11S

500 kBaud, DF11S

1 MBaud, for DF11i

500 kBaud, for DF11i

Wiring harness

Generic

Generic

Generic

Generic

4 wheel speed sensors
DF11S

Included, with standard
connectors

Included, with standard
connectors

Not included

Not included

Wheel speed signal splitter

Optional**

Optional**

Optional**

Optional**

Fuses

Not included

Not included

Not included

Not included

Brake pipe fittings

Not included

Not included

Not included

Not included**Purchasable as spare part, not as part of the kit

07 Brake Control | ABS | 359

ABS M4 Kit

Weightabout 1,850 g

Operating temperature-30 to 130°C

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

8 to 16 V, max. 26 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption

8 W stand-by, 230 W in operation

Inputs4 active wheel speed DF11
Brake pressure (front brake circuit)Longitudinal acceleration, lateral acceleration,
yaw rate

Featuresu

Suitable for front-wheel, rear-wheel and fourwheel drive vehicles

The ABS M4 Kit is developed for the operation in front-,
rear- or 4-wheel drive vehicles. A vehicle specific wiring
harness is included in the Kit.
The ABS M4 is specifically adapted for motorsport use.
Individual car parameters like e.g. vehicle weight, vehicle track, wheel weights, wheel circumferences, wheelbase or number of increments can be calibrated with
software free of charge. Please contact your Bosch Motorsport dealer for further information.

Technical Specifications

9 adjustment settings applicable for
OEMSs (Pos. 1-9)

7

2 adjustment settings applicable forTemas (Pos. 10 and 11)
ABS function can be deactivated (Pos. 12)
Brake light switch
Outputs
ABS warning light (MIL)
Communication
CAN interface

Variations

Content of Kit and Weights

ABS M4 Kit 1

ABS M4 Kit 2

Customer specific wiring harness with motorsport connectors, wheel speed sensors withproduction-type connectors

Customer specific wiring harness with motorsport connectors, wheel speed sensors withmotorsport connectors

Hydraulic unit with attached ECU

About 1,850 g

Pressure sensor

About 40 g

Yaw/acceleration sensor

About 60 g

12 position function switch

About 50 g

4 wheel speed sensors DF11
standard

About 50 g/each

ABS warning light (MIL)

About 50 g

Vehicle specific wiring harness
with motorsport connectors

Depends on version

Vibration damped circuit board
38 pin connector

Clubsport wiring harness

About 1,500 g

2 hydraulic valves per wheel

Mounting and vibration-damping
boardsAbout 80 g

2 hydraulic high pressures pumps

Mounting board for hydraulicunit

About 210 g

2 hydraulic accumulators 3 cm3/each

Optional Accessories

Mechanical Data
Hydraulic unit with attached ECU
Serial housing, dust- and dampproof

2 brake circuits (front and rear)Standard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Size

125 x 80.3 x 129.6 mm

Data logger C 50

F 02U V01 164-01

Data logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-03

Display DDU 7

F 02U V01 130-04

360 | 07 Brake Control | ABS

Communication interface
MSA Box II
Wheel speed signal splitter
Quad with 2 motorsport connectors

F 02U V00 327-02

F 02U V00 203-03

Quad with 1 motorsport connector

F 02U V00 335-03

Porsche 991 with 1 motorsport
connector

F 02U V01 928-01

Field of application
ABS for front-wheel, rear-wheel
or four-wheel drive racing cars

Part numbers

7

ABS M4-Package 1 (incl. wiring
harness with motorsport connectors, individual layout depending on customer requirements, wheel speed sensors
with production-type connectors)

F 02UV00 289-01

ABS M4-Package 2 (incl. wiring
harness with motorsport connectors, individual layout depending on customer requirements, wheel speed sensors
with motorsport connectors)

F02U V00 290-01

ABS M4-Package Clubsport(incl. wiring harness with motorsport connectors, wheel speed
sensors with serial connectors)

1MBaud:F 02U V01 289-49 (DF11S)
F 02U V00 543-13 (for DF11i)
500 kBaud:F 02U V01 289-48 (DF11S)
F 02U V00 543-12 (for DF11i)

Ordering Information
ABS M4 Kit 1
Order number F 02U V00 289-01
ABS M4 Kit 2
Order number F 02U V00 290-01

07 Brake Control | ABS | 361

Dimensions

7

Wheel Speed Sensor

362 | 07 Brake Control | ABS

ABS M4 Kit Clubsport

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

8 to 16 V, max. 26 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption

8 W stand-by, 230 W in operation

Inputs4 active wheel speed DF11
Brake pressure (front brake circuit)Longitudinal acceleration
Lateral acceleration
Yaw rate
Brake light switch

7

12 position function
switch:Featuresu

Suitable for front-wheel, rear-wheel and fourwheel drive vehicles

uGeneric wiring harness to fit all engine bay andfront foot well locations for the hydraulic moduleuSame ABS hardware as standard ABS M4 Kit

The ABS M4 kit is developed for the operation in front-,
rear- or 4-wheel drive vehicles. A generic wiring harness
is included in the kit. This enables us to provide the kit
with a significantly reduced price in comparison to thestandard ABS M4 kit with individual loom.
The ABS M4 is specifically adapted for motorsport use.
Individual car parameters like e.g. vehicle weight, vehicle track, wheel weights, wheel circumferences, wheelbase or number of increments can be calibrated with
software free of charge. Please contact your Bosch Motorsport dealer for further information.

Technical Specifications• 9 maps preconfigured• 2 maps programmable• 1 switch position for ABS function OFF

Outputs
ABS warning light (MIL)
Wheel speed on CAN etc.: see manual

Optional Accessories
Communication interface
MSA Box II

F 02U V00 327-03

Quad wheel speed signal splitter, 2 motorsport connectors

F 02U V00 203-03

Data logger C 50

F 02U V01 164-04

Display DDU 7

F 02U V02 010-01

Communication
CAN interface via MSA Box II

Mechanical Data

Content of Kit

Hydraulic unit with attached ECU

Hydraulic unit with attached ECU

Vibration damped circuit board

Pressure sensor

38 pin connector

Yaw/acceleration sensor

2 hydraulic valves per wheel

12 position function switch

2 brake circuits (front and rear)

4 wheel speed sensors DF11S (partly, see Ordering Information)

2 hydraulic accumulators 3 cm3/each

ABS warning lightStandard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Size

125 x 80.3 x 129.6 mm

Vibrations damping boards

Weight1,850 gCommunication

Operating temperature-30 to 130°C

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Generic wiring harness

Hydraulikaggregat
Halteplatte
Drehschalter

07 Brake Control | ABS | 363

Ordering Information
ABS M4 Kit Clubsport
1 MBaud, DF11S (recommended)
Order number F 02U V01 289-49
ABS M4 Kit Clubsport
500 kBaud, DF11S
Order number F 02U V01 289-48
ABS M4 Kit Clubsport
1 MBaud, for DF11i (wheel speed sensors not included)
Order number F 02U V00 543-13
ABS M4 Kit Clubsport
500 kBaud, for DF11i (wheel speed sensors not included)
Order number F 02U V00 543-12

Dimensions

7

Wheel Speed Sensor

364 | 07 Brake Control | ABS

ABS M4 Kit Porsche Cup

Mechanical Data
Hydraulic unit with attached ECU
Vibration damped circuit board
38 pin connector
2 hydraulic valves per wheel
2 brake circuits (front and rear)
2 hydraulic accumulators 3 cm3/each

Picture shows 991 Cup Kit

7

Features

Standard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Size

125 x 80.3 x 129.6 mm

Weight1,850 gOperating temperature-30 to 130°C

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Electrical Datau

Plug & Play ABS M4 Kit for Porsche 997 Cup and991 Cupu

Tested and developed on racetracks like Spa andNordschleifeu

Detailed installation instruction available at our
websiteInputsu

1 MBaud CAN

4 wheel speeds

The ABS M4 Kit Porsche Cup is a derivative of the successful ABS M4 kit and specifically designed for Porsche
997 Cup and 991 Cup. A vehicle specific wiring harness
is included in the kit. Individual car parameters like e.g.
vehicle weight, vehicle track, wheel weights, wheel circumferences, wheel base or number of increments canbe calibrated with software free of charge. Please contact your Bosch Motorsport dealer for further information.

Technical Specifications

Supply voltage

8 to 16 V, max. 26 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption

8 W stand-by, 230 W in operation

Brake pressure (front brake circuit)Longitudinal acceleration
Lateral acceleration
Yaw rate
Brake light switch
12 position function
switch:Variations
997 Cup (System
DF11S)

991 Cup (System
DF11i)

4 wheel speed sensors

Included, Porsche
specific DF11S

Not included, series
sensors fit

Wheel speed signal
splitter

Included, Porsche
specific

Included, new
DF11i design

ABS warning light(MIL)

Included

Included (LED type)

Brake pipe fittings

Not included

Included

Fuses

Not included

Included

Holder for Hydraulicunit

Included, standard

Included, Porsche
specific• 9 switch positions preconfigured• 2 switch positions programmable• 1 switch position for ABS function OFF

OuputsABS warning light (MIL)
Wheel speed on CAN etc.: see manual

Optional Accessories
Data logger C 50

F 02U V01 164-04

Display DDU 7

F 02U V02 010-01

Communication
K-Line via MSA Box II

07 Brake Control | ABS | 365

Content of Kit
Hydraulic unit with attached ECU
Holder for Hydraulic unit
4 Wheel speed sensors: Please see Variations
Wheel speed signal splitter: Please see Variations
Pressure sensor
Yaw/acceleration sensor
12 position function switch
ABS warning light (MIL)
Vehicle specific wiring harness
Vibrations damping board yaw/acceleration sensor
Brake pipe fittings: Please see Variations
Fuses: Please see Variations
Brake pipes not included, available at Bosch Motorsport dealer

Ordering Information
ABS M4 Kit Porsche 991 Cup
Order number F 02U V00 543-11
ABS M4 Kit Porsche 997 Cup
Order number F 02U V00 289-98

7

366 | 07 Brake Control | ABS

7

08 Software

8

Calibration

368

Simulation

370

Analysis372

Software Upgrade374

368 | 08 Software | Calibration

Modas Sport

Technical Specifications
Function requirements
PC
IBM PC compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Approx. 512 MB RAM
Approx. 100 MB free hard disc space
VGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Operating systems
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32/64 Bit, Windows 7 32/64 Bit

Optional Accessories

Featuresu8

Calibration software tool for Bosch ECUs

Modas Sport is the calibration tool for Bosch Motorsport ECUs. It integrates a lot of meaningful features tomanage our engine control units at the dyno and theracetrack.

Functions
Calibration tool for MS 3, MS 4.x, MS 5.x, MS 15, MS 3 Sport, MS 4
Sport, MS 15 Sport
Visualization, processing and management of calibration, measurement and documentation data
Measuring system
Numeric data visualization
Bitwise, decimal, hexadecimal data visualization
Recording of measurement data (needs WinDarab to analyze)
Oscilloscope (graphic data visualization)
Calibration system
Visualization and manipulation of parameters (calibration data)
Parameter file manager
Data file manager (copy & compare)
Macro manager
Potiboard support integrated
Administration
Work base management
Integrated K-Line flashing tool
Intuitive design, easy to use, based on latest technology

MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-02

WinDarab Free data analysis
Software

On request

Communication
CAN (CCP), K-Line (KWP2000)

Ordering Information
Modas Sport
Order number Free download at our homepage

08 Software | Calibration | 369

RaceConMin. 2 GB RAM
Min. 1 GB free hard disc space
VGA/WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32/64 Bit, Windows 7 32/64 Bit

Optional Accessories
MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-02

Ordering Information
RaceCon
Order number Free download at our homepage

Featuresu

An all integrated software tool for configurationand calibration

RaceCon is an all integrated software tool for configuration and calibration of Bosch Motorsport hardware
products, such as ECUs, displays, loggers. The communication is based on Bosch Motorsport MSA-Box interface.

Functions
Calibration of ECU maps and curves
ECU data file up- and download
Parameter file up- and download
Diagnostic functionality for Bosch Motorsport ECUs
Data file / Work base management
Integrated flash functionality
Integrated Bosch sensor database
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport displays
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport data loggers
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport DLS system
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport CAN modules
Communication via K-Line/CAN/Ethernet (KWP/CCP/XCP)CAN communication log functionality (Baud rate changeable)
Quick data access over Race Mode
Intuitive design, easy to use

Technical Specifications
EnvironmentPC
IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz

8370 | 08 Software | Simulation

LapSimBy comparing recorded data with simulation data a validation possibility of vehicle parameters and vehicle functioning is made.
LapSim software adds all vehicle parameters to WinDarab Files andcreates automatic database.

Chassis Simulation model
Practical Pacejka like tire model. Tire parameters can easily be determined out of on-car recorded data. No tire data required.
Full vehicle model including limited slip (or visco-) differential
3D aero maps
Ride height dependent suspension kinematics
Calculation time 3-4 times faster than real car(PVI - 3 GHz)

Features8uProfessional Simulation Toolu

Basic / Chassis / Engine Versions available

LapSim Chassis

Automatic set-up optimization

Engine Simulation modelEngine model generates torque/power curve as well as ignition angle
Normally aspirated engines, with or without restrictor

is both an analysis tool as well as a vehicle simulation
program. By further processing the on-car recorded data, using parts of the simulation models, a much more
profound analysis of the vehicle behavior can be gained.
Due to the direct link with the simulation model, vehicle
parameters can be validated like aerodynamics, tire behavior, engine power, as well as driver performance. The
visualization of the vehicle behavior creates a much easier and better understanding of the influence of several
vehicle parameters on the performance independent of
the technical background of the user.

2,3,4 and 5 valve cylinder heads

LapSim Engine

10 seconds calculation time for 0 to 10,000 rpm range

supplies an easy to use engine simulation package capable of generating a torque/power and a corresponding
ignition curves out of the main parameters of an engine.
The model is able to simulate any 4-stroke spark ignition(SI) race engine currently seen on the market, with orwithout air restrictor(s). To summarize, the engine software is aiming for 95% accuracy but 5% the effort ofcomplex engine software packages. The engine software
avoids a vast number of variables in order to define every engine detail, in order to improve usability as well as
computational performance. The engine package is integrated in the lap simulation.

Functions

2-zone burn model in order to cope with all possible compression ratios and chamber geometries
Ignition point is determined by adjustable maximum pressure in cylinder
Fully adjustable camshaft profile
Engine model generates pressure curve over 720˚ crankshaft, whichis integrated to calculate engine torque/power

Ordering Information
LapSim Chassis Basic Version
Order number Free download at our homepage
LapSim Chassis License
Order number B 261 206 432-01
LapSim Engine License
Order number F 01T A20 056-01
LapSim Chassis and Engine License
Order number F 01T A20 057-01

Data Analysis

Upgrade LapSim Engine License
Order number F 01T A20 058-01

Post processing of the on-car recorded data with simulation models.
Calculating vehicle handling state, aerodynamics, differential function, etc.

Upgrade LapSim Chassis License
Order number F 01T A20 059-01

Determination of tire parameters out of on-car recorded data. Possibility to analyze tire performance over the laps.

Update LapSim Chassis or Engine
Order number F 02U V00 287-01

Direct comparison between several outings and/or simulation model.

Update LapSim Chassis and Engine
Order number F 02U V00 288-01

3D Animation of vehicle behavior for a better and more thorough understanding.

08 Software | Simulation | 371

Dimensions

8

A few Screenshots372 | 08 Software | Analysis

WinDarab V7

Advanced Analysis
User defined math channels
User defined conditions to filter data
FFT analysis
Racetracks
Racetrack creation based on v/acc or GPS data
Racetrack segmentation
Telemetry
Replay online data in realtime
Gauges for realtime visualization

Features8

User InterfaceuState of the art user interface

Flexible display setup and arrangementuVersatile diagrams

Storable display setup and arrangementuNumerous analysis functions

Lap browseruCustomizable mathematical channels and filters

Data TransmissionuSoftware based license without dongle

Direct data input without intermediate hardware
Protection/encryption of logged data files

WinDarab V7 is an evaluation tool for monitoring and analyzing of logged data and is specially designed for motorsport use. Monitor vehicle data using online telemetry and compare logged data by reading out your datalogger. WinDarab V7 features a state of the art user interface and reads out both engine and chassis data.
The follower of WinDarab V6 offers simplified and ergonomic handling as well as new features and a revised license system to work without a dongle.
Choose between the Free and the Expert version depending on your purpose.
The enormous bandwidth of features makes WinDarab
V7 a perfect evaluation tool for motorsport engineers.

PC

Functions

IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz

Diagrams

Min. 1 GB RAM

Oscilloscope

Min. 1 GB free HD space

X-/Y-plot to create scatterbands

VGA / WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)

Histogram

Operating systems

3D-diagram

Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32/64 Bit, Windows 7 32/64 Bit

Analysis

Technical Specifications

Overlay of different laps

Variations

ASCII import and export
License System
Dongle-free working in all WinDarab V7 variations
Activation/update via internet
Annual maintenance for up-to-date versions

Environment

Time or distance based analysis

Free

ExpertAbsolute and relative values

Max. open files

4

unlimited

One-touch channel statistics (min./max., avg., etc.)

Max. measuring data windows2

unlimited

Regression lines, user defined lines

Max. areas in measuring data
windows

4

unlimited

Histogram++

x/y-plot++Lap reports and lap based comparisonsReplay offline data in realtime

08 Software | Analysis | 373

Distribution++

min/max-tables++

Fourier-transformation++

Outing report++

Lap analysis-+

Flowcharts-+

Instrument panel++

User defined physical units++

Racetrack generation via
speed/lateral G or GPS++

ASCII export++

Available operators for mathchannels.

+, -, *, /, ^,sqr (x), sqrt (x)All

Extras settings/comments-+

Desktop load/save++Telemetry++

Programming interface (API)

-

Opt.

Ordering Information
WinDarab Free
Order number Free download
WinDarab Expert
Order number F 02U V01 308-01
Software Options
Software licence API for WinDarab Expert
Order number F 02U V01 682-01

8

374 | 08 Software | Software Upgrade

Customer Code Area CCA

SW-Download via Bosch Motorsport calibration tool RaceCon
Software option for all MS 6.x, MS 7.x, PBX 90 ff.

Required and not included Software
MathWorks Requirements
MATLAB R2013b
Simulink
Real-Time Workshop
Real-Time Workshop Embedded Coder
Fixed-Point Toolbox
Simulink Fixed-Point
Stateflow
Stateflow CoderFeatures8

Vehicle Network Toolbox
Compileru

Calculation directly in Bosch main ECU possibleuCommunication binding via Software free cuts

Operating SystemsuUnlimited bandwidth interfaces

Windows 7, 64 Bit SP1u

One Box Design (compact solution, no extra
weight)Development Hints

Bosch provides the option to run software code on
Bosch ECUs that has been developed by our customers.
This code is run in the customer code area (CCA) and isprotected against access of anyone else. Within the engine ECU family MS6 (later also MS7) this feature canbe run in parallel to all engine ECU functionality.
For the new Powerbox PBX90 and the new datalogger
C65, programming via CCA replaces the programming
via Bosch tool and the logger does no longer operate asa logger but as development hardware for customers.
We deliver it with a full environment for Matlab/Simulink, a compiled Bosch Motorsport model as library anda package of Matlab/Simulink interfaces to all I/Os.

Technical Specifications
General Functions
Support for generating executables that include algorithm, devicedriver and real-time operating system
Multitasking scheduling using time synchronous (and asynchronous)
tasks, task pre-emption and temporary task overruns
Environment for Matlab/Simulink
Full I/O access with Bosch-Motorsport device drivers
Full read access to all Bosch signals
Development environment with reduced Bosch “unit_blockset”
Real time calibration
Calibration and measurement interface CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

Wind River

Depending on your experiences with SW-Development of Bosch Motorsport ECUs we recommend SW-Development support from Bosch
Motorsport.

Ordering Information
Customer Code Area CCA
Onetime payment for development environment andfirst .pst will be offered on request.
Order number on request
Accessories
Hardware upgrade for CCA per device for MS 6.x, MS
7.x, PBX 90
Order number F 02U V02 137-01
Hardware upgrade for CCA per device for C 65
Order number F 02U V02 138-01

09 Accessories

9

Communication Interface

376

Connector Opening Tool

377

Connectors

378

Switches379

Wiring Harnesses

381

376 | 09 Accessories | Communication Interface

MSA-Box II

FeaturesuCommunication interface for PC-supported calibration on K-line, CAN or Ethernet interface

The MSA-Box II is the low cost unit for PC-supported
calibration and configuration on Ethernet, K-Line or CAN
interface of an ECU.
The MSA-Box II is coupled to the PC via the USB interface. This ensures a powerful and universal link to allcommon PCs. The coupling to the ECU is effected via
Ethernet, K-Line or CAN-interface of the diagnosis interface.

9

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

84 x 38 x 25 mm

Temperature range

0 to 70°C

Compact design
Fully suitable for motor vehicle use
All inputs and outputs to the PC with galvanic separation

Electrical Data
Input voltage (vehicle side)

8 to 32 V

Power supply through the connection to the ECU from board mains
with galvanic separation
Power consumption (poweredby USB)Typ. 0.5 W

USB

USB 2.0, high speed (480 MBit/
sec)

Ethernet

100 MBit/sec

K-Line300 Bd up to 320 kBd

CAN

10 kBit/s up to 1 MBit/s

Operating Systems

Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

Connectors and Wires
Connector
AS 6-12-35PN

F 02U 000 441-01

Mating connector
AS 0-12-35SN

F 02U 000 258-01

Pin 1

Terminal 30 (permanent pos)Pin 2

Terminal 15 (switch pos)

Pin 3

GND

Pin 4

CAN_High

Pin 10K-Line

Pin 8

RxD+

Pin 9

RxD-

Pin 11

TxD+

Pin 12

TxD-

Pin 16

CAN_LowPin 22

SCR

Diagnosis wire length2m

USB wire length

0.5 m

Ordering Information
MSA-Box II
Order number F 02U V00 327-03

09 Accessories | Connector Opening Tool | 377

Connector Opening Tool for
AS series

Featuresu

Quick and easy opening of ECU connectors

9Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Material

Stainless steel

Ordering Information
Opening tool for shellsize 16
Order number F 02U V01 393-01
Opening tool for shellsize 18
Order number F 02U V01 394-01

378 | 09 Accessories | Connectors

Connectors

Features9uBosch Jetronic and Compact connectors inclusive
contacts and sealingsuAutosport connectors from Deutsch, Tyco, etc.

uConnectors with 3 to 128 pins

Convenient to the Wiring Harnesses, we have a wide
range of connectors on offer.
From single pin and Bosch series connectors above TEconnectors to Deutsch-motorsport connectors, you canchoose from a big variation.
You can get from us different Deutsch-motorsport connectors of the series AS, ASL, ASU, ASX and ASDD. According to the series, these are 3 to 128-pin connectors.
At Bosch connectors you can choose from connectors of
the Jetronic or Compact series. Furthermore you receive
convenient contacts and sealings to our Bosch-connectors.
If you are interested, give us a call!

09 Accessories | Switches | 379

Switches

12 steps angled 90°
Angled 90°, KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN
Order number B 261 209 658-01
12 steps straight
Straight, ASL 6-06-05PN-HE
Order number B 261 209 643-01
12 steps for MS 3 Sport Traction Control
Order number F 02U V01 921-01

We offer a wide range of switches for the special demands of motorsport.
You can combine all types with every design and every
connector wire equivalent to your individual requirement.

Functions
For MAP function
For display toggle function
3 steps for MAP function
4 steps
4 steps for MAP function
6 steps for display switch-over
12 steps

Technical Specifications
DesignStraight
Angled 90°

Options
With integrated resistor network
Lockable
Variable number of steps
Variable form of rotary waver switch
Without end stop

Connectors and Wires
Please specify the required cable length with your order.

Ordering Information
For MAP function
Straight, ASL 6-06-05PN-HE
Order number B 261 209 644-01
6 steps for display switch-over
Straight, ASL 6-06-05PN-HE
Order number B 261 209 659-01

9

380 | 09 Accessories | Switches

Dimensions

7,5

2,2

8,2

9

09 Accessories | Wiring Harnesses | 381

Customized Wiring Harnesses

FeaturesuOne-stop-shop for consulting, manufacturing, development and serviceu

Manufacture of individual pieces and mall batchesu

Use of the highest quality materialsuFull test coverage based on the latest testing
equipment for all productsu

The complete package, from a single pin to a complete wiring harness

Our expertise

Bosch Motorsport specialists have decades of experience in design and manufacture of customized wiring
solutions for race cars and prototypes.
Increasing complexity in race cars necessitates a highdegree of understanding in the electrical architecture of
the project. We provide to you the extensive systemknow-how and the expertise of our specialists.
As a system supplier, we are familiar with the full spectrum of electronic requirements of the components in arace car – from high current and high voltage applications to high-speed data networks.

Our offer

Whether it is complete vehicle wiring, test equipment ora simple adapter – we design, plan, construct and test
according to your individual requirements and requests.
If you want to build your wiring yourself, we also offer
consulting and development support independently
from our manufacturing services.
Give us al call!

9382 | 09 Accessories | Wiring Harnesses

910 Appendix

10

General Information

384

Vibration Profiles385

384 | 10 Appendix | General Information

General Information
ESD, Handling and Transport

Please be mindful of the specifications concerning ESD.
Never grab into the connectors. Please follow the regulations when transporting devices (e.g. ESD packaging
materials).

Service

To ensure full functionality every time, Bosch Motorsport recommends annual functional testing of all equipment.

Battery

Some of the devices use Lithium-Ion batteries. Please
use extra caution to be certain that the correct removal
procedure is followed. Abide by the maintenance cycle
schedule to ensure correct operation. Bosch Motorsport
recommends maintenance once a year.

Installation

The correct installation extends reliability and durability.
Please follow the specifications regarding temperature,humidity, vibration and liquid compatibility.

1010 Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 385

Vibration Profile 1
Broadband noise: 8h/direction
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

20

50.4

55

26.0

180

1.0

300

1.0

360

0.56

1,000

0.6

2,000

0.6

Effective value aEff

55.4 m/s2

Sine: 8h/direction
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration peak (m/s2)

100

50

180

200

250

200

350

60

2,000

60

10

386 | 10 Appendix | Vibration Profiles

Vibration Profile 2
Broadband noise: 8h/direction

10

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

10

10

50

10

66.7

1

100

1

1,000

0.1

Effective value aEff

26.9 m/s2

10 Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 387

Vibration Profile 3
Broadband noise
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

10

14.0

50

7.0

60

3.5

300

0.51

500

45.6

1,500

15.26

Effective value aEff

168 m/s2

Sine
Alteration rate of frequency: 1 oct./min
Frequency (Hz)Amplitude of acceleration (m/s2)

20

50

85

50

Amplitude of oscillation lane (μm)

85

175

200

175

200

280

220

280

300

125

440

125

10

388 | 10 Appendix | Vibration Profiles

10Index | 389

A

H

ABS M4 Kit ..................................................................359
ABS M4 Kit Clubsport .................................................362
ABS M4 Kit Porsche Cup .............................................364
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 .......................................348
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R ...................................351
Alternator B3 ...............................................................170
Alternator B3 LIN ........................................................173
Alternator GCM1 .........................................................176

Collision Avoidance System CAS-M light .......................64
Connector Opening Tool for AS series ........................377
Connectors .................................................................378
Customer Code Area CCA ...........................................374
Customized Wiring Harnesses .....................................381

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90 ...............................285
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-Di ...................................288
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M ...................................292
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P ....................................295
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2 ..................................297
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P ............................300
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P sealed .................304
HP Control Valve DSV ..................................................128
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5 ...................................................115
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW .............................................117
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 LC ..................................104
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 ........................................102
HPI 5 .............................................................................50
HPI 5-M 4C ....................................................................51
HPI 5-M 8C ....................................................................53

D

I

Data Logger C 50 ..........................................................44
Data Logger C 60 ..........................................................46
Diesel System Components ..........................................86
Display DDU 7 ...............................................................38
Display DDU 8 ...............................................................41

Ignition Module IM 3.2 ................................................165
Ignition Module IM 4 ...................................................167
Inductive Speed Sensor IA ..........................................307
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C .......................................310
Inductive Speed Sensor IS ..........................................312
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C .......................................315
Injection Valve EV 12 .....................................................93
Injection Valve EV 14 .....................................................97
Injection Valve EV 6 .......................................................88C

E
Electronic Throttle Body .............................................182
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport GT3 Cup .....................10
Engine Control Unit MS 6.1 ...........................................20
Engine Control Unit MS 6.2 ...........................................23
Engine Control Unit MS 6.3 ...........................................25
Engine Control Unit MS 6.4 ...........................................28
Engine Control Unit MS 15.1 .........................................32
Engine Control Unit MS 15.2 .........................................34
Engine Control Unit MS 5.0 ...........................................12Engine Control Unit MS 5.1 ...........................................14
Engine Control Unit MS 5.2 ...........................................16
Engine Control Unit MS 5.5 ...........................................18F
FPR Adaptor ................................................................126
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2 ....................................119
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5 ....................................123
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A ...................................121
Fuel Pump FP 100 .......................................................106
Fuel Pump FP 165 .......................................................108
Fuel Pump FP 200 .......................................................110
Fuel Pump LPx-F1 .......................................................112

G
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2 .............................................190
General Information ....................................................384

K
Knock Sensor KS-P ......................................................193
Knock Sensor KS-R ......................................................195
Knock Sensor KS-R2 ....................................................197

L
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/ADV pre Turbo ....................205
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2 ..............................................199
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9 ..............................................202
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 ......................................209
Lambdatronic LT4 .........................................................66
Lambdatronic LT4 ADV ..................................................69
Lap Trigger HF 58 Receiver ...........................................55
Lap Trigger HF 58 Transmitter ......................................57
Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver ............................................58
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter ........................................59
LapSim ........................................................................370
Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1 ............................................354
Linear Position Sensor LP 100-H .................................228
Linear Position Sensor LP 25-H ...................................212
Linear Position Sensor LP 50 ......................................216
Linear Position Sensor LP 100 ....................................224
Linear Position Sensor LP 100F ..................................226
Linear Position Sensor LP 150 ....................................230
Linear Position Sensor LP 25 twin ..............................214
Linear Position Sensor LP 50 twin ..............................218
Linear Position Sensor LP 75 ......................................220
Linear Position Sensor LP 75F ....................................222

M
Modas Sport ...............................................................368
Modular Sensor Interface M 60 .....................................72
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 60 ..................................74
MSA-Box II ...................................................................376

O
Online Telemetry System Overview ...............................79390 | Index

PV

Pit Receiver Box ............................................................82
Pit Receiver Package .....................................................83
PowerBox PBX 90 .........................................................60
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C ..........................................232
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4 ..........................................235
Pressure Sensor Air PSP .............................................238
Pressure Sensor Air PST .............................................241
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10 .....................................244
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260 ...................................246
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA ....................................248
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT ..................................251
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10 .....................................254
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R .................................258
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R ...................................256
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R .................................260
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260 ...................................262
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F .......................................264
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F 2 ....................................267

Vibration Profile 1 .......................................................385
Vibration Profile 2 .......................................................386
Vibration Profile 3 .......................................................387

R
RaceCon ......................................................................369
Rotary Position Sensor Mini-RP 360-H .........................280
Rotary Position Sensor Mini-RP 100-M ........................274
Rotary Position Sensor RP 40-H red ............................270
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100 twin ............................278
Rotary Position Sensor RP 100/130/308 .....................276
Rotary Position Sensor RP 360-H ................................282
Rotary Position Sensor RP 86 .....................................272

S
Single Fire Coil C90i-E10 .............................................162
Single Fire Coil C90i-E8 ...............................................159
Single Fire Coil C90i-pro .............................................156
Single Fire Coil P50/P50-M .........................................133
Single Fire Coil P65 .....................................................136
Single Fire Coil P65-E10 ..............................................144
Single Fire Coil P65-E8 ................................................141
Single Fire Coil P65-T ..................................................138
Single Fire Coil P65-TE10 ............................................150
Single Fire Coil P65-TE8 ..............................................147
Single Fire Coil PS-T ....................................................130
Single Fire Coil S22/S22-T ..........................................153
Starter 1.7 kW .............................................................180
Switches .....................................................................379

T
Telemetry Unit FM 40 ....................................................81
Temperature Sensor Infrared TI-20-r-8 ........................335
Temperature Sensor NTC M3-HS .................................318
Temperature Sensor NTC M12 ....................................329
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H .................................331
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L .................................333
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS .................................320
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS .................................323
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS .................................326
Thermocouple Probe TCP K ........................................338
Thermocouple Probe TCP KA ......................................341
Thermocouple Probe TCP KC ......................................344
Thermocouple Probe TCP KN 2 ...................................346

U
USB Upgrade Kit ...........................................................48

W
Wheel Speed Signal Splitter ..........................................76
WinDarab V7 ...............................................................372
Wiper Direct Actuator WDA .........................................185

Bosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
For more information please visit
www.bosch-motorsport.com
or send an email tomotorsport@bosch.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2015
Modifications reserved.
Bosch Part No. of this catalog: F 02U 003 686-02
Note: The use of Bosch Motorsport products on public roads is prohibited.
Please use our products exclusively on closed-course racetracks.